Document:

exv4w2

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

81/8% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2016

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of November 25, 2009

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

Trustee and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture	 	 
	Act Section	 	Indenture Section
	310

	(a)(1)
	 	 	7.10	 
	 

	(a)(2)
	 	 	7.10	 
	 

	(a)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	 

	(a)(4)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	 

	(a)(5)
	 	 	7.10	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	7.10	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	311

	(a)
	 	 	7.11	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	7.11	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	312

	(a)
	 	 	2.05	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	13.03	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	13.03	 
	313

	(a)
	 	 	7.06	 
	 

	(b)(1)
	 	 	10.03	 
	 

	(b)(2)
	 	 	7.06; 7.07	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	7.06; 10.03;13.02	 
	 

	(d)
	 	 	7.06	 
	314

	(a)
	 	 	4.03;13.02; 13.05	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	10.02	 
	 

	(c)(1)
	 	 	13.04	 
	 

	(c)(2)
	 	 	13.04	 
	 

	(c)(3)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	 

	(d)
	 	 	10.03; 10.04	 
	 

	(e)
	 	 	13.05	 
	 

	(f)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	315

	(a)
	 	 	7.01	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	7.05; 13.02	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	7.01	 
	 

	(d)
	 	 	7.01	 
	 

	(e)
	 	 	6.11	 
	316

	(a) (last sentence)
	 	 	2.09	 
	 

	(a)(1)(A)
	 	 	6.05	 
	 

	(a)(1)(B)
	 	 	6.04	 
	 

	(a)(2)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	6.07	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	2.12	 
	317

	(a)(1)
	 	 	6.08	 
	 

	(a)(2)
	 	 	6.09	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	2.04	 
	318

	(a)
	 	 	13.01	 
	 

	(b)
	 	 	N.A.	 
	 

	(c)
	 	 	13.01	 

 

			
	N.A. means not applicable.
	 
	*	 	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1

	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

	BY REFERENCE

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.01

	 	Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.02

	 	Other Definitions
	 	 	21	 
	Section 1.03

	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	21	 
	Section 1.04

	 	Rules of Construction
	 	 	22	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2

	THE NOTES

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.01

	 	Form and Dating 	 	 	22 	 
	Section 2.02

	 	Execution and Authentication 	 	 	23 	 
	Section 2.03

	 	Registrar and Paying Agent 	 	 	23 	 
	Section 2.04

	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 	 	 	24 	 
	Section 2.05

	 	Holder Lists 	 	 	24 	 
	Section 2.06

	 	Transfer and Exchange 	 	 	24 	 
	Section 2.07

	 	Replacement Notes 	 	 	36 	 
	Section 2.08

	 	Outstanding Notes 	 	 	36 	 
	Section 2.09

	 	Treasury Notes 	 	 	36 	 
	Section 2.10

	 	Temporary Notes 	 	 	36 	 
	Section 2.11

	 	Cancellation 	 	 	37 	 
	Section 2.12

	 	Defaulted Interest 	 	 	37 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3

	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.01

	 	Notices to Trustee
	 	 	37	 
	Section 3.02

	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	 	 	38	 
	Section 3.03

	 	Notice of Redemption
	 	 	38	 
	Section 3.04

	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.05

	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.06

	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.07

	 	Optional Redemption
	 	 	39	 
	Section 3.08

	 	Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	40	 
	Section 3.09

	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	 	 	40	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4

	COVENANTS

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.01

	 	Payment of Notes
	 	 	42	 
	Section 4.02

	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	42	 
	Section 4.03

	 	Reports
	 	 	43	 
	Section 4.04

	 	Compliance Certificate
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.05

	 	Taxes
	 	 	44	 
	Section 4.06

	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.07

	 	Restricted Payments
	 	 	45	 
	Section 4.08

	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	48	 
	Section 4.09

	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
	 	 	49	 
	Section 4.10

	 	Asset Sales
	 	 	52	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.11

	 	Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.12

	 	Liens
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.13

	 	Business Activities
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.14

	 	Corporate Existence
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.15

	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	 	 	56	 
	Section 4.16

	 	Payments for Consent
	 	 	57	 
	Section 4.17

	 	Additional Note Guarantees
	 	 	57	 
	Section 4.18

	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	57	 
	Section 4.19

	 	Impairment of Security Interest
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.20

	 	Real Estate Mortgages and Filings
	 	 	58	 
	Section 4.21

	 	Landlord Waivers
	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 5

	SUCCESSORS

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.01

	 	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
	 	 	59	 
	Section 5.02

	 	Successor Corporation Substituted
	 	 	60	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6

	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.01

	 	Events of Default
	 	 	61	 
	Section 6.02

	 	Acceleration
	 	 	62	 
	Section 6.03

	 	Other Remedies
	 	 	63	 
	Section 6.04

	 	Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	63	 
	Section 6.05

	 	Control by Majority
	 	 	63	 
	Section 6.06

	 	Limitation on Suits
	 	 	64	 
	Section 6.07

	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	 	 	64	 
	Section 6.08

	 	Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	64	 
	Section 6.09

	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	65	 
	Section 6.10

	 	Priorities
	 	 	65	 
	Section 6.11

	 	Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	65	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7

	TRUSTEE

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.01

	 	Duties of Trustee
	 	 	66	 
	Section 7.02

	 	Rights of Trustee
	 	 	67	 
	Section 7.03

	 	Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.04

	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.05

	 	Notice of Defaults
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.06

	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.07

	 	Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	68	 
	Section 7.08

	 	Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	69	 
	Section 7.09

	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.10

	 	Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	70	 
	Section 7.11

	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	70	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8

	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.01

	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	71	 
	Section 8.02

	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	71	 
	Section 8.03

	 	Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	71	 
	Section 8.04

	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	72	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.05

	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.06

	 	Repayment to Company
	 	 	73	 
	Section 8.07

	 	Reinstatement
	 	 	74	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9

	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.01

	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	74	 
	Section 9.02

	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	75	 
	Section 9.03

	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	76	 
	Section 9.04

	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	76	 
	Section 9.05

	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	77	 
	Section 9.06

	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10

	COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.01

	 	Grant of Security Interest
	 	 	77	 
	Section 10.02

	 	Recording and Opinions
	 	 	78	 
	Section 10.03

	 	Release of Collateral
	 	 	78	 
	Section 10.04

	 	Certificates of the Company
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.05

	 	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Collateral
Documents
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.06

	 	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.07

	 	Termination of Security Interest
	 	 	80	 
	Section 10.08

	 	Intercreditor Acknowledgment
	 	 	81	 
	Section 10.09

	 	Rights, Protections and Immunities of the Collateral Agent
	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 11

	NOTE GUARANTEES

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.01

	 	Guarantee
	 	 	81	 
	Section 11.02

	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	82	 
	Section 11.03

	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	 	 	82	 
	Section 11.04

	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	 	 	83	 
	Section 11.05

	 	Releases
	 	 	83	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12

	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.01

	 	Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	84	 
	Section 12.02

	 	Application of Trust Money
	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 13

	MISCELLANEOUS

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.01

	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	86	 
	Section 13.02

	 	Notices
	 	 	86	 
	Section 13.03

	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	87	 
	Section 13.04

	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	87	 
	Section 13.05

	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	87	 
	Section 13.06

	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	88	 
	Section 13.07

	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	88	 
	Section 13.08

	 	Governing Law
	 	 	88	 

iii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.09

	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	88	 
	Section 13.10

	 	Successors
	 	 	88	 
	Section 13.11

	 	Severability
	 	 	88	 
	Section 13.12

	 	Counterpart Originals
	 	 	89	 
	Section 13.13

	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	 	 	89	 
	Section 13.14

	 	Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	89	 

EXHIBITS

	 	 	 
	Exhibit A

	 	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D

	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR
	Exhibit E

	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F

	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

iv

 

     INDENTURE dated as of November 25, 2009 among Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
and Collateral Agent.

     The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the
81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

     “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto bearing
the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

     “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, or expressly assumed in
connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness
is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or
into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person or whether such
Indebtedness being incurred is in connection with the acquisition of assets; and

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.

Acquired Debt will be deemed to be incurred on the date that the acquired Person becomes a
Subsidiary or the date on the related acquisition of assets from such Person.

     “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.

     “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09(b), as part of the same series
as the Initial Notes.

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise;
provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to
be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under
common control with” have correlative meanings.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

1

 

     “Applicable Premium” means, as determined by the Company, with respect to any Note on any
redemption date, the greater of :

     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

     (2) the excess of:

     (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of
the Note at December 1, 2012, such redemption pricing being set forth in the table
appearing in Section 3.07(b) hereof plus (ii) all required interest payments
due on the Note through December 1, 2012, (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to
the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as
of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

     (B) the principal amount of the Note, if greater.

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial
interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream
that apply to such transfer or exchange.

     “Asset Sale” means:

     (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the
Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Sections 4.15 and
5.01 hereof and not by Section 4.10 hereof; and

     (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or
the sale by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests
in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

     (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets
having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.5 million;

     (2) a transfer of assets, including Equity Interests, between or among the Company
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) an issuance or transfer of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (4) the sale, lease or other transfer of products, services or accounts receivable in
the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or
obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business;

     (5) the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

     (6) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

2

 

     (7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07(a) hereof or a
Permitted Investment.

     “Banking Services Obligations” means, with respect to any specified person, the obligations of
such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of cash management, treasury management and
other commercial banking services, including, without limitation, obligations in respect (1) credit
and debit cards (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards, purchasing cards and
stored value cards) and related processing services, and (2) controlled disbursement services,
electronic funds transfer services, automated clearinghouse transaction services, and overdraft,
depository and interstate depository network services.

     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.

     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned”
have a corresponding meaning.

     “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership;

     (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

     (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.

     “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

     “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of
the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the
date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

     “Capital Stock” means:

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

3

 

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but
excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock,
whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) United States dollars;

     (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities)
having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

     (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months
or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six
months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit
Facilities or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

     (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

     (5) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and, in each case, maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and

     (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents
of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

     “Cash Management Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, all obligations of such
Person in respect of overdrafts and liabilities owed to any other Person that arise from treasury,
depositary or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house
transfers of funds, or any similar transactions.

     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

     (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act);

     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     (3) if any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing), including any
group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within
the meaning

4

 

of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (for purposes of this clause (3), such
person or group shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Voting Stock of a corporation held
by any other corporation (the “parent corporation”) so long as such person or group
Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation); or

     (4) during any period of two consecutive years commencing after the date hereof,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
Company (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such Board of
Directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved
by a vote of not less than three fourths of the directors then still in office who were
either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for
election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
Board of Directors then in office; or

     (5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person
consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person
is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such
transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such
transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of
such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to
such issuance).

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

     “Collateral” has the meaning assigned to it in the Collateral Documents.

     “Collateral Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as
Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents, together with its successors in such capacity.

     “Collateral Documents” means the security agreements, mortgages, pledge agreements, the
Intercreditor Agreement, agency agreements and other instruments and documents executed and
delivered pursuant to the indenture or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended,
supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time and pursuant to which Collateral is
pledged, assigned or granted to or on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of
holders of the Notes and the Trustee or notice of such pledge, assignment or grant is given.

     “Company” means the Altra Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

     (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such
losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

5

 

     (3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus

     (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it
represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus

     (5) one-time charges incurred in connection with the fees and expenses and other
charges related to (i) the issuance of Notes and entering into the Credit Agreement, (ii)
any equity offerings by the Company, and (iii) transaction expenses related to acquisitions
by the Company and any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; minus

     (6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than
the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of the Company only
to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
dividended, distributed or advanced to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction
pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders,
statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders.

     “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

     (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent
of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

     (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends, similar distributions or advances by that Restricted
Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any
prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders;

     (3) each of (i) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and (ii)
goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges, will be excluded from the calculation
of Consolidated Net Income; and

6

 

     (4) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary
will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its
Subsidiaries.

     “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or
Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

     “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 13.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

     “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, to be dated as of the date of this
Indenture (or as soon as practicable hereafter), by and among the Company, the Subsidiary borrowers
party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent,
and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner
(whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt
securities) in whole or in part from time to time.

     “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional
lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through
the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such
lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or
otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from
time to time.

     “Credit Facilities Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:

     (1) 85% of the face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company and the
Company’s Domestic Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent calendar month preceding
such date; plus

     (2) 60% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Company and the Company’s
Domestic Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent calendar month preceding such date.

     “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.

     “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.

     “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit
A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the
Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

7

 

     “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option
of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock which is not itself Disqualified Stock),
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of
the Capital Stock (other than redeemable only for Capital Stock which is not itself Disqualified
Stock), in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the
Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the
Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset
sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the
Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified
Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum
amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the
maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock,
exclusive of accrued dividends.

     “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the
laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that
guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

     “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

     “Equity Offering” means a public offering and sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other
than Disqualified Stock and other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC (other than Form S-8) or any private placement of Equity
Interests to any Person (other than Disqualified Stock, other than to the Company or a Subsidiary
of the Company and other than issuances upon exercises of stock options to employees).

     “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section
2.06(f) hereof.

     “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     “Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture (including, but
not limited to, Altra Industrial Motion Inc.’s 9% senior secured notes due 2011), until such
amounts are repaid.

     “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated
willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided herein).

8

 

     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person
for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any
Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems
preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation
of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act) to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of
preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

     In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

     (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in
ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on
the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period;

     (2) the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein)
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

     (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein)
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the
obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

     (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed
to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

     (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be
deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period;
and

     (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such
Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been
the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation
applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the
Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

     “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation (i) the interest
component

9

 

of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated
with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred
in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, but excluding amortization
of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and non-cash interest payments (only to the
extent there will be no contingent or other cash interest payment in connection therewith)
relating to Indebtedness incurred on or prior to the date of the indenture or in connection
with the issuance of Notes or the Credit Facilities on or after the date of the indenture,
and (ii) net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations
in respect of interest rates; plus

     (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
that was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

     (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in
cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one
minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person,
expressed as a decimal,

	 	 	in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary.

     “Foreign Subsidiaries Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to 85% of the
face amount of all accounts receivable owned by the Company’s Foreign Subsidiaries as of the end of
the most recent calendar month preceding such date.

     “GAAP” means (i) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession or (ii) International Financial Reporting
Standards (“IFRS”) in the event the SEC mandates U.S. public companies to transition to IFRS during
the term of the Notes, in each case which are in effect from time to time.

     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and
the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 hereto and that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4),
2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof.

     “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United
States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

10

 

     “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without
limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

     “Guarantors” means any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in
each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such
Person under:

     (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to
fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

     (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate
risk; and

     (3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates
or commodity prices.

     “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person
(excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

     (1) in respect of borrowed money;

     (2) evidenced by bonds, Notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit
(or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

     (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

     (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

     (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are
completed; or

     (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in
accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed
by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified
Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

11

 

     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.

     “Initial Notes” means the first $210,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under
this Indenture on the date hereof.

     “Initial Purchasers” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, Jefferies & Company, Inc., Banc
of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Stephens Inc.

     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

     “Insolvency Proceeding” means, with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, means (a) any
voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other Bankruptcy
Law with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, (b) any other voluntary or involuntary
insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation,
reorganization or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Company or any Guarantor or
with respect to a material portion of its respective assets, (c) any liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or winding up of the Company or any Guarantor whether voluntary or involuntary and
whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy or (d) any assignment for the benefit of
creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or
proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief or any other marshalling
of assets and liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor.

     “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, among the Collateral Agent and
the first priority collateral agent, which may be entered into on or after the date of this
Indenture (as the same may be amended, modified, waived, superseded, reinstated, succeeded or
replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Indenture).

     “Investments” means with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other
obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances
to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions
for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items
that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any
Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after
giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or
disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted
Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section
4.07(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of
the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as
provided in Section 4.07(c) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the
amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value.

     “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City
of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain

12

 

closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at
that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on
such payment for the intervening period.

     “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent
to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

     “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest
in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code
(or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

     “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock
dividends, excluding, however:

     (1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain
(but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of
any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of
any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

     (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for
taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

     “Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form
of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting
interest) received by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset
Sale net of:

     (1) out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any
relocation expenses);

     (2) all taxes and other costs and expenses actually paid or estimated by the Company to
be payable in cash in connection with such Asset Sale;

     (3) repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the
subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in
respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP; and

     (4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, as the case may be, as a funded cash reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against
any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including,
without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale, until such amounts are released from such reserve.

13

 

     “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

     (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise,
or (c) constitutes the lender;

     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the
Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to
its Stated Maturity; and

     (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any
recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

     “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes
and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture,
and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial
Notes and any Additional Notes.

     “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.

     “Offering Memorandum” means the Company’s final offering memorandum, dated November 16, 2009,
relating to the initial offering of the Notes.

     “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer,
any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of
the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer,
the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 13.05.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05. The counsel may be an employee of
or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company.

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

14

 

     “Permitted Business” means any business that is the same or similar, reasonably related,
complementary or incidental to the business in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
are engaged on the date of this Indenture.

     “Permitted Investments” means:

     (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

     (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person, if as a result of such Investment:

          (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

          (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or
conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof;

     (5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

     (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (a) obligations of trade
creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or
(b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

     (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

     (8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

     (9) advances to suppliers and customers in the ordinary course of business, consistent
with past practice;

     (10) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any
plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such
trade creditors or customers in exchange for claims against such creditors or customers;

     (11) Investments in, repurchases of, and exchanges of the Notes;

     (12) Investments in existence on the date of this Indenture; and

     (13) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13)
that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $20.0 million.

15

 

     “Permitted Liens” means:

     (1) Liens on the assets of the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries
securing Indebtedness and other obligations under Credit Facilities that was incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto
hereof; provided that the lender of any such indebtedness has become a party to the
Intercreditor Agreement;

     (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

     (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger
or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into
or consolidated with the Company or the Subsidiary;

     (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of
the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were
in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such
acquisition;

     (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance, surety or
appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure
payment of such obligations);

     (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money
Indebtedness) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets
acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

     (7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

     (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

     (9) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’
Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (10) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were
not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the
operation of the business of such Person;

     (11) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note
Guarantees);

     (12) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

16

 

          (a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured
or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the
original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or
distributions thereof); and

          (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater
than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of
the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and
expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement,
defeasance or discharge;

     (13) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated
for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period with
such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

     (14) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory
of other goods;

     (15) Liens on assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness and other
obligations that were incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12) hereof

     (16) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practices arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or
warranty requirements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, including
rights of offset and set-off;

     (17) Liens on assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
securing Banking Services Obligations or Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of
business pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; and

     (18) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time
outstanding.

     “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

     (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and
expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

     (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is (a) equal to or
greater

17

 

than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed,
refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) more than 90 days after the
final maturity date of the Notes;

     (3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable
to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness
being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

     (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary
who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced,
defeased or discharged.

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to
be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the
provisions of this Indenture.

     “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment,
provided, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of
the Fair Market Value of such property or such purchase price or cost.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November
25, 2009, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one
or more registration rights agreements among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties
thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating
to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional
Notes under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

     “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.

     “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

18

 

     “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation
S.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Security Agreement” means the security agreement, dated as of the date of this Indenture,
among the Company and the Guarantors in favor of the Collateral Agent, as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the
Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will
not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or
principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that
effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or Trustees of
the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly
or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof); and

     (2) any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of the capital
accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of
membership, general, special

19

 

or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such
Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

     “Treasury Rate” means as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such
redemption date of United States Treasury securities (as compiled and published in the most recent
Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period
from such redemption date to December 1, 2012; provided, however, that if the period from such
redemption date to December 1, 2012, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually
traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

     “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. until a successor replaces it
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor
serving hereunder.

     “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required
to bear the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear
the Private Placement Legend.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (or any of their respective
successors) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such
Subsidiary:

     (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

     (2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are
no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

     (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity
Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

     (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities
Act.

     “Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person
that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

20

 

     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date,
the number of years obtained by dividing:

     (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date
and the making of such payment; by

     (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Affiliate Transaction”

	 	 	4.11	 
	“Asset Sale Offer”

	 	 	3.09	 
	“Authentication Order”

	 	 	2.02	 
	“Change of Control Offer”

	 	 	4.15	 
	“Change of Control Payment”

	 	 	4.15	 
	“Change of Control Payment Date”

	 	 	4.15	 
	“Covenant Defeasance”

	 	 	8.03	 
	“DTC”

	 	 	2.03	 
	“Event of Default”

	 	 	6.01	 
	“Excess Proceeds”

	 	 	4.10	 
	“incur”

	 	 	4.09	 
	“Legal Defeasance”

	 	 	8.02	 
	“Offer Amount”

	 	 	3.09	 
	“Offer Period”

	 	 	3.09	 
	“Paying Agent”

	 	 	2.03	 
	“Permitted Debt”

	 	 	4.09	 
	“Payment Default”

	 	 	6.01	 
	“Purchase Date”

	 	 	3.09	 
	“Registrar”

	 	 	2.03	 
	“Restricted Payments”

	 	 	4.07	 

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

     Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

     The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     “indenture securities” means the Notes;

     “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

21

 

     “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively.

     All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

     (5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

     (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

     (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to
include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time
to time.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

     (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The
Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples thereof

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and
provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture
shall govern and be controlling.

     (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon
and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each
Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each
shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to
time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of

22

 

outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the
amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06
hereof.

     (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the
“General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will
be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

     At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If
an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

     A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

     The Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by one Officer,
either by manual or facsimile signature, (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the
(i) Initial Notes, (ii) any Additional Notes in accordance with Section 4.09, and (iii)
Exchange Notes from time to time for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount at maturity
of Initial Notes. All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all
matters as one class and no series of Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate
class on any matter, including, without limitation, with respect to waivers, amendments,
redemptions and offers to purchase.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of
the Company.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

     The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer
and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying
agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to
any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent
not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries
may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes.

     The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act
as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

23

 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the
Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on
the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by
it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders
all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating
to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

     The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require
of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a
whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged
by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

     (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling
or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency
registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not
appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

     (2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but
not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such
effect to the Trustee; or

     (3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Notes and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue Definitive
Notes.

     Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global
Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections
2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for,
or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06
or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in
the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another
Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however,

24

 

beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in
Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

     (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of
a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted
Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall
be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(1).

     (2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to
the Registrar either:

(A) both:

     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged; and

     (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase; or

(B) both:

     (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

     (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.

     Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section
2.06(g) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have
been satisfied upon receipt by

25

 

the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of
the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this
Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust
the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

     (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the
Registrar receives the following:

     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
thereof; and

     (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2)above and:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial
interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the
case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not
(i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form
of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
thereof; or

     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

26

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act.

     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) of this Section
2.06(b)(4) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) of this Section 2.06(b)(4). Beneficial interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof;

     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule
144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of
this Section 2.06(c)(1), a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

27

 

     (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive
Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered
in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the
Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall
bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained
therein.

     (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial
interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a
Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes
or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

     (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D, if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the

28

 

Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act.

     (3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange
such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant
to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate
and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3)will be registered in such name or
names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to
the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear
the Private Placement Legend.

     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If
any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b)
thereof;

     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;

     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance
with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of
this Section 2.06(d)(1), a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

29

 

     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

     (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the
appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global
Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.
A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an
affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such
Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

     (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such
Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions
of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the
Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

30

 

     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.
A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will
cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected
pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) of this Section
2.06(d)(2) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so
transferred.

     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder
of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section
2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to
such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized
in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications,
documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this
Section 2.06(e).

     (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:

     (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

     (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution

31

 

of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule
144) of the Company;

     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
or

     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

     (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

     (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act
and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act.

     (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such
a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof.

     (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

     (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for
exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of
Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144)
of the Company; and

     (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange
Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not
Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and
(C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company.

32

 

     Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and
the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons
designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in
the appropriate principal amount.

     (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions
of this Indenture.

(1) Private Placement Legend.

     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) of this Section 2.06(g)(1),
each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor
or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT
FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)
REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PURCHASER AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE, AND (2)
AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF
THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY
THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A
PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE
144A, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PURCHASERS THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E)
PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING
CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM

33

 

APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE
TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE.”

     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued
pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3),
(d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of
this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR
ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO
ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS
MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN
WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE
COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY
NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE &
CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

     (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests
in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be
returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged
for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such
Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

34

 

     (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

     (1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and
the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s
request.

     (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections
2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

     (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part.

     (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

     (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection
of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of
business on the day of selection;

     (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption
in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part; or

     (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and
the next succeeding interest payment date.

     (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee,
any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with
the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

     (8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted
to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer
or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

     (9) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
applicable

35

 

law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the
terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if
the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond
must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a
Note.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

     The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for
those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a
Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described
in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company
holds the Note.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding
unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected
purchaser.

     If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it
ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to
accrue interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

     In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes

36

 

will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate
(upon receipt of an Authentication Order) definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

     Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

     The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled
Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of all
canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace
Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

     If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted
interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the
rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the
date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record
date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to
the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record
date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special
record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

     If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

     (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

     (2) the redemption date;

     (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

     (4) the redemption price.

37

 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any
time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis unless otherwise
required by law or applicable securities exchange requirements.

     The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in
minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a
Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder,
even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the
preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or
purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail
(or in the case of Notes held in book entry form, by electronic transmission), a notice of
redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that
redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof.

     The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

     (1) the redemption date;

     (2) the redemption price;

     (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such
Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon
cancellation of the original Note;

     (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price;

     (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on
Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

     (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

     At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name
and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45
days

38

 

prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes
called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption
price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

     One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and
accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with
the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all
Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

     If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes
called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest
record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid
interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of
business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the
preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or
purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

     Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the
expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

     (a) At any time prior to December 1, 2012, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem
up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption
price equal to 108.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, (subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date that is on or prior to the applicable date of redemption) with the net cash
proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Company; provided that:

     (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under
this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries and any Notes
redeemed under Section 3.07(c)) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence
of such redemption; and

39

 

     (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity
Offering by the Company.

     (b) On or after December 1, 2012, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem all or a
part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years indicated below,
subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant regular record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2012
	 	 	106.094	%
	2013
	 	 	104.063	%
	2014
	 	 	102.031	%
	2015 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) During each twelve-month period ending on December 1, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company may
redeem up to 10% of the originally issued principal amount of Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder of
Notes or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 103% of
the principal amount of the Notes redeemed and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest,
if any, to the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to December 1, 2012, the Company may also
redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the date of redemption, subject
to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date.

     Except pursuant to Sections 3.07(a), 3.07(c) and 3.07(d) hereof, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2012.

     Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

     (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

     In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to
commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.

40

 

     The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that
is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of notes and such
other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess
Proceeds. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days
following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after
the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess
Proceeds (the “Offer Amount") to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a
pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and
other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so
purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

     If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be
paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date,
and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer.

     Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a
notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain
all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the
Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state:

     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and
Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open;

     (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

     (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue
interest;

     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase
Date;

     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
only;

     (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will
be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness
surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select

41

 

the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes
surrendered or required to be prepaid or repurchased (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000, will be purchased); and

     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by
book-entry transfer).

     On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on
a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted
for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company,
the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later
than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to
the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase,
and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the
Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new
Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the
Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the
Purchase Date.

     Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to
this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through
3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

     The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any will be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of
10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available
funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then
due. The Company will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in
the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate
to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of

42

 

transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of
the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time
the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee
with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any
manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

     The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports.

     (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to
the Holders of Notes (unless such reports or other communications are filed with the SEC and are
publicly available) within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

     (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and

     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if
the Company were required to file such reports.

Regardless of the availability on a website or through the SEC, the Company will deliver reports
referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above to the Trustee.

All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and
regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on
the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants.
In addition, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1)
and (2) of this Section 4.03(a) with the SEC for public availability within the
time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will
not accept such filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods.

     (b) If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements
of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports
specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) above with the SEC within the time
periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any
action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the
reports referred to in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) above on its
website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports
with the SEC.

43

 

     (c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
then the quarterly and annual financial information required by clauses (1) and (2) of Section
4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial
statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

     (d) In addition, the Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by this
Section 4.03, they will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to securities analysts and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

     (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the
TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under
this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing
such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the Collateral
Documents and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions
and conditions of this Indenture or the Collateral Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default
has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that
to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of
which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if
such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

     (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section
4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public
accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that
would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5
hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence
thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

     (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’
Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

     The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,
all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith
and by

44

 

appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

     The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly:

     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of
the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other
than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Company and other than dividends, other payments, or distributions payable to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

     (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity
Interests of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

     (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is
contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a
payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

     (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being
collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

     unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

     (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a
consequence of such Restricted Payment;

     (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the

45

 

applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) and

     (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this
Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3),
(4), (6), (7) and (8) of this Section 4.07), is less
than the sum, without duplication, of:

     (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing
after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company’s most recently ended
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of
such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

     (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the
date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or from the issue or sale of
convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt
securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged
for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (and convertible or
exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities)
sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus

     (3) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date
of this Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the
lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment
(less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such
Restricted Investment; plus

     (4) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of
the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or
(ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

     (5) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company that is a Guarantor after the date of this Indenture from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not
otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period.

     (b) So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the
provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

     (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption
within 90 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption
notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or
redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the
substantially

46

 

concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will
not be considered to be net proceeds of Equity Interests for purposes of clause (c)(2) of
Section 4.07(a) hereof;

     (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value
of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the
Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent
incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

     (4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited
liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to
the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

     (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any
current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement,
shareholders’ agreement or similar agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $2.0 million
in any twelve-month period provided further that the Company may carry over and make in
subsequent calendar year periods, in addition to the amounts permitted for such calendar
year period, the amount of such repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or
retirements for value permitted to have been made but not made in any preceding calendar
year period up to a maximum of $2.0 million in any calendar year period;

     (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock
options, warrants or other similar rights or in connection with employee stock repurchase
plans to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those
stock options, warrants or other similar rights;

     (7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders
of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

     (8) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since
the date of this Indenture.

     (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on
the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or
issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted
Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this
covenant will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose resolution with respect
thereto will be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon
an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $15.0 million.

47

 

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:

     (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on
the date of this Indenture, and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such
dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date
of this Indenture;

     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees and the Collateral Documents;

     (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

     (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or
in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness,
such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

     (5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the
ordinary course of business;

     (6) Purchase Money Obligations and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions
on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3)
hereof; provided, that such encumbrances and restrictions relate only to the assets financed
with such Indebtedness;

     (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that
restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

48

 

     (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (9) Liens securing Banking Services Obligations and Hedging Obligations;

     (10) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under
Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering
any of the items being collected upon;

     (11) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof
that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

     (12) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint
venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements
and other similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of
Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements;

     (13) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

     (14) any such encumbrances or restricting consisting of customary provisions in leases
governing leasehold interests to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the
lease or the property leased thereunder.

Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of any Disqualified Stock; provided,
however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified
Stock, and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified
Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, as the case
may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or
the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.

     (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any
of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

     (1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (1) $65.0 million and (2)
the amount of the Credit Facilities Borrowing Base, less the aggregate amount of all Net
Proceeds of Asset Sales applied

49

 

by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture to
repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit
Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction
thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10;

     (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing
Indebtedness;

     (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the
Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the
Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement;

     (4) Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money
Indebtedness, in each case, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or
equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an
aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to this clause (4), not to exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding;

     (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section
4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (9), (12), (13), (14), (15) or (16) of
this Section 4.09(b).

     (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that:

          (a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee
is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect
to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;
and

          (b) (i) subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is
not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this
clause (6);

     (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

          (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company; and

50

 

          (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not
either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such
Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

     (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Banking
Services Obligations and Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

     (9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the guaranteed
Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section
4.09(b); provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari
passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable,
to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

     (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
bankers’ acceptances, performance, bid and surety bonds and completion guarantees in the
ordinary course of business;

     (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

     (12) the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (12) not to exceed the greater of (x)
$15.0 million or (y) the amount of the Foreign Subsidiaries Borrowing Base as of the date of
such incurrence;

     (13) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

     (14) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums;

     (15) Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices under repurchase agreements or similar agreements in
connection with the sales of goods in the ordinary course of business; and

     (16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional
Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund,
refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(16), not to exceed $15.0 million.

     (c) The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness
(including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially
identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually
subordinated in right

51

 

of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by
virtue of being secured on junior priority basis.

     (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that
an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted
Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, or is entitled to be
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such
item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such
item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness
under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated
under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the
exception provided by Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof. The accrual of interest or preferred stock
dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of
preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of
dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same
class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this
Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion
or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. For purposes of determining
compliance with any United States dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness,
the United States dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section
4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may
incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result
of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

     (e) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

     (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount;

     (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;
and

     (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the
specified Person, the lesser of:

     (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

     (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless:

     (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value
(measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the
assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

52

 

     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this
provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

     (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance
sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent
liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any
Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

     (B) any securities, Notes or other obligations received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject
to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and

     (C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in Sections 4.10(b)(2)
or 4.10(b)(4).

     (b) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or
the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

     (1) to repay senior secured Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit Facility
that are secured by a first priority Lien and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving
credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

     (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of,
another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital
Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (3) to make a capital expenditure; or

     (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and
that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

     (c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the
Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

     (d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in
Section 4.10(b) will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within 30 days thereof, the Company will make an offer (an “Asset
Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers
to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price
with respect to the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase,
prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and will be payable in cash. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the

53

 

aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset
Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased
on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will
be reset at zero.

     (e) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section
4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not
be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of such
compliance.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

     (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or
the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

     (A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this
Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

     (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

     (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will
not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof:

     (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan (including retirement, health,
stock option, equity incentive plans, employee stock purchase plans and other benefit
plans), officer or director indemnification agreement, agreements to register securities of
directors, officers, employees or other Affiliates, or any similar arrangement entered into
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and
payments pursuant thereto;

     (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

54

 

     (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company)
that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a
Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

     (4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates
of the Company;

     (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
Affiliates of the Company;

     (6) Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Section 4.07;

     (7) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed
$2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

     (8) any merger or other transaction with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction or creating a holding company of the
Company; and

     (9) any agreement existing and as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Section 4.12 Liens.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind on any asset now owned or
hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13 Business Activities.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any
business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

     Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect:

     (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same
may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

     (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such
right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders
of the Notes.

55

 

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the
rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the
Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control and stating:

     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

     (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days
and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control
Payment Date”);

     (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue
interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which
unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple
thereof.

     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To
the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions
of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15
by virtue of such compliance.

     (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer;

56

 

     (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

     (c) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change
of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to
be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.

     (d) The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer
following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this
Indenture are applicable. Except as described in this Section 4.15 with respect to a Change
of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to
require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.

     (e) the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under
the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section
3.02 unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

Section 4.16 Payments for Consent.

     The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement, unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes
that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.17 Additional Note Guarantees.

     If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic
Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then that newly acquired or created Domestic
Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of
Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 10 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or
created. The form of such Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.

Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

     (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary
is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding
Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation,
which will reduce

57

 

the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or
more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That
designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the
Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of
Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary
if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

     (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07
hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted
to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of
such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be
permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09(b) hereof calculated on
a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation.

Section 4.19 Impairment of Security Interest

     (a) Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will (a) take or omit to take
any action which would adversely affect or impair in any material respect the Liens (other than the
incurrence of Permitted Liens) in favor of the Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral, (b)
grant to any Person (other than the Collateral Agent), or permit any Person (other than the
Collateral Agent), to retain any interest whatsoever in the Collateral other than Permitted Liens
or (c) enter into any agreement that requires the proceeds received from any sale of Collateral to
be applied to repay, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire any Indebtedness of any Person,
other than as permitted by the indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement. The Company shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, at their sole cost and expense,
(i) execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments as necessary to fully or accurately
describe the property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the
Collateral Documents and (ii) file any such notice filings or other agreements or instruments as
may be reasonably necessary or desirable under applicable law to perfect the Liens created by the
Collateral Documents.

Section 4.20 Real Estate Mortgages and Filings

     (a) With respect to any fee interest in any real property (individually and collectively, the
Premises”) (a) owned by the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary on the date of the indenture or (b)
acquired by the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, in each case with
a purchase price or Fair Market Value as of the date of the indenture, as applicable, greater than
$2.5 million, the Company shall deliver to the Collateral Agent (i) within 90 days of the date of
the indenture in the case of clause (a), or (ii) within 90 days of the acquisition thereof in the
case of clause (b), the following:

     (1) as mortgagee, or as beneficiary under a deed of trust, fully executed counterparts
of recordable mortgages or deeds of trust, as the case may be (each, a “Mortgage,” and,

58

 

collectively the “Mortgages”), each duly executed by the Company or the applicable
Domestic Subsidiary, and dated as of a date on or prior to the delivery of such Mortgage,
together with evidence of the recordation of such Mortgage in the appropriate county clerk’s
office in order to create a valid, perfected Lien, subject to Permitted Liens, against the
Premises purported to be covered thereby; and

     (2) mortgagee policies of title insurance in favor of the Collateral Agent, as
mortgagee for the ratable benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent
and the Holders of Notes in an amount equal to the purchase price (for Premises acquired
after the date of this Indenture), or 100% of the Fair Market Value (for Premises owned by
the Company of a Domestic Subsidiary on the date of the indenture), insuring that title to
the Premises purported to be covered by the related Mortgage is marketable and that the
interests created by the Mortgage constitute valid Liens thereon free and clear of all
Liens, defects and encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, and such policies shall also
include, to the extent available, other customary endorsements and shall be accompanied by
evidence of the payment in full of all premiums thereon; and shall be accompanied by
evidence of the payment in full of all premiums thereon

     (3) an opinion from local counsel in each state where a Premises is located to the
effect that such Mortgage is sufficient to constitute a valid lien on the property subject
to the Mortgage, and covering the enforceability of the relevant Mortgages.

Section 4.21 Landlord Waivers

     (a) The Company and each of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to deliver with respect to its leasehold interests in each of the premises
(collectively, the “Leased Premises”) occupied by the Company or such Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to leases (a) existing as of the date of this Indenture and (b) entered into
after the date of this Indenture (collectively, the “Leases” and individually, a “Lease”) where the
demised premises are used for the storage of inventory of equipment (other than immaterial amounts
thereof ), an agreement executed by the lessor under such Lease, whereby the landlord or lessor
waives or subordinates its landlord Lien (whether granted by the instrument creating the leasehold
estate or by applicable law), if any, and which shall be entered into by the Collateral Agent, and
which provides for access to the premises after a termination of the Lease as a result of an event
of default to remove such inventory or equipment (i) within 120 days of the date of the indenture
in the case of clause (a), or (ii) within 90 days of the date of such Lease in the case of clause
(b).

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

     (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign,
transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions,
to another Person, unless:

     (1) either:

     (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or

59

 

     (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition has been made is (i) a corporation organized or existing under the
laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia or (ii) a partnership or limited liability company formed or existing under
the laws of the United States or the District of Columbia that has at least one
Restricted Subsidiary that is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of
the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, which
corporation also becomes the co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental
indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this
Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Registration Rights
Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

     (4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro
forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a); and

     (5) the Company has provided to the Trustee and Collateral agent an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the applicable transaction complies with the
provisions of the indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents and
the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (b) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or
more related transactions, to any other Person.

     (c) This Section 5.01 will not apply to any consolidation or merger, or any sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     (d) Clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) will not apply to any
merger or consolidation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate solely for the
purpose of reincorporating the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in another jurisdiction.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a
transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01
hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation,
merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this
Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the

60

 

successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the
Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the
Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of
the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of,
Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

     Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

     (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, or Additional Interest, if
any, with respect to, the Notes;

     (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the
principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

     (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions of Sections 4.10, 4.15, and 5.01 hereof;

     (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after
notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the
other agreements in this Indenture or the Collateral Documents;

     (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now
exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of , or interest or premium, if
any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in
such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default
or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

     (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $15.0
million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after
such judgments become final and non-appealable;

     (7) (A) any security interest created by any Collateral Document ceases to be in full
force and effect (except as permitted by the terms of this Indenture or the Collateral
Documents),

61

 

with respect to the Collateral having a Fair Market Value in excess of $15.0 million;
or (B) the repudiation by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any of its
obligations under any of the Collateral Documents or the unenforceability of any of the
Collateral Documents against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any reason;

     (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and
effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

     (9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

     (A) commences a voluntary case,

     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case,

     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property,

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

     (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an
involuntary case;

     (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all
or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or

     (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02 Acceleration.

     (a) In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01
hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a

62

 

Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing and has not been
waived in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable
immediately.

     (b) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration
and its consequences or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest
(including Additional Interest) or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes.

     (c) If an Event of Default occurs on or after December 1, 2012 by reason of any willful action
(or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding
payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to
redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(b), an equivalent premium will also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If
an Event of Default occurs prior to December 1, 2012, by reason of any willful action (or inaction)
taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition
on redemption of the Notes prior to December 1, 2012, then the premium that the Company would have
had to pay if the Company had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(d) will
also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration
of the Notes.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the
Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture, including
payment for all sums due the Trustee and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to
the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any
existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or
Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, or the
principal of, the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

     Subject to Section 7.01(e), Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.
However, the Trustee

63

 

may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

     Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with
respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing;

     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of
the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day
period.

     A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a
Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to
receive payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on
or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to
purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder
shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the
extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under
applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture
upon any property subject to such Lien.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

     If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an
express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Additional
Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal
and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the
costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

64

 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent
that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of
the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be
secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money,
securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing
herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of
the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities.

     Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money or
other property pursuant to this Article 6, including pursuant to the Collateral Documents, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

     First: to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, its agents and attorneys for amounts
due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of
collection;

     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal,
premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal,
premium and Additional Interest, if any and interest, respectively; and

     Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.

     The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit
by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to

65

 

Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person’s own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01;

     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section
6.05.

     (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c)
of this Section 7.01.

     (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and
powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

     (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

66

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be
full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

     (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that
it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

     (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders of Notes unless such Holders have
offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses,
liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights
or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.

     (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any
event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

     (j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee and by the Collateral Agent in each of its capacities hereunder and
under the Collateral Documents, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder.

     (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being

67

 

understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the
circumstances..

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

     The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may
do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

     The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the
proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with
the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

     If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90
days after it is known to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in
payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest, if any, the Trustee may withhold
the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

     (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2010, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of
such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).
The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all
reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

     (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by
the Trustee to the Company and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which
the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee
when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

     (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s
compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances

68

 

and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s (and
Collateral Agent’s) agents and counsel.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee and the
Collateral Agent against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of
or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by
the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such
loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee or the
Collateral Agent, as applicable, will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may
seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to so notify the
Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The
Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent may have separate counsel and the
Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld.

     (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section
7.07, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest
on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

     (e) When the Trustee or the Collateral Agent incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(9) or (10) hereof occurs, the expenses
and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel)
are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

     (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

     (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08.

     (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby
created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in
writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

69

 

     (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     (c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

     (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will
become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof
will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further
act will be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

     There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

     This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §
311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.

70

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from
their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date
the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose,
Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note
Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of
Section 8.05 hereof and the other sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) of this Section 8.02, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such
Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of
the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the
principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, such Notes when
such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.02 hereof;

     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

     (4) this Article 8.

     Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03
hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

     Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under
the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18,
4.19, 4.20, 4.21 and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter
be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or
act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will
continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such
Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to

71

 

the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply
with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any
such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any
such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of
Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the
Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof,
Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section
8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination of cash in United States dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank,
appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium
and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date
for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the
Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or
to a particular redemption date;

     (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that:

     (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
Revenue Service a ruling; or

     (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable
federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred;

     (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming
that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to
be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a
party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

72

 

     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other
than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased,
discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which
the Company or any of the Guarantors is bound;

     (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over
the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

     (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions.

     Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect
of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

     The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to
Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to
the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government
Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on,
any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional
Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its
request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such
Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a

73

 

date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification
or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable
Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case
may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however,
that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of
Note:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;

     (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to
Holders of Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

     (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of
any such Holder;

     (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (6) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral
Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the
Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended by the Company to be a
verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral
Documents or the Notes, which intent shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate to that
effect;

     (7) to enter into additional or supplemental Collateral Documents;

     (8) to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
Collateral Documents;

74

 

     (9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations
set forth in this Indenture as of the date of this Indenture; or

     (10) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee
with respect to the Notes.

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee
will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental
indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties
or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend
or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and
4.15 hereof), the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents (including, with the
consent of the required lenders under the Credit Facilities, the Intercreditor Agreement) with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with purchase of, or
tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and
6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, the Notes).

     Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with
the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as
aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02
hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended
or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the
Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental Indenture.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section
9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective,
the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes
or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):

75

 

     (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with
respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default
interest, on any Note;

     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest
or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes;

     (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required
by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

     (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this
Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

     (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this
Indenture or any Collateral Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of
the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at
least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

     Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

76

 

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any
Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

     Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until
the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental
indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof)
will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section
13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 10.01 Grant of Security Interest.

     The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any,
on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at
maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest and Additional Interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the
Notes and performance of all other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders or
the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are
secured as provided in the Collateral Documents which the Company and the Guarantors have entered
into simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture (including, but not limited to, all
interest accrued or accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding (and
the effect of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), accrue) after
commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as
a claim in such Insolvency Proceeding). Each Holder, by its acceptance of Notes, consents and
agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions
providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be
amended, waived, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms and
authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform
its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company will
deliver to the Trustee copies of all documents delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the
Collateral Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary
or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Collateral Documents, to assure and
confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral
contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time
constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and
of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Company
will take, and will cause its Subsidiaries to take any and all actions required to cause the
Collateral Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company

77

 

hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders, superior to and prior to the rights of all
third Persons and subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Collateral Agent may open
and maintain one or more accounts to hold the Collateral and the Collateral Documents from time to
time, it being understood that such accounts shall not in any way expand or otherwise affect the
Collateral Agent’s duties under the Collateral Documents.

Section 10.02 Recording and Opinions.

     (a) The Company will furnish to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of
this Indenture an Opinion of Counsel either:

     (1) stating that, other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents, in the opinion
of such counsel, subject to customary qualifications, assumptions and exceptions, all action
has been taken with respect to the recording, registering and filing of this Indenture,
financing statements or other instruments necessary to make effective the Lien intended to
be created by the Collateral Documents, and reciting with respect to the security interests
in the Collateral, the details of such action; or

     (2) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, subject to customary qualifications,
assumptions and exceptions, no such action is necessary to make such Lien effective.

     (b) The Company will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee on or within one month of
December 1 in each year beginning with December 1, 2010, an Opinion of Counsel either:

     (1) (A) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, subject to customary
qualifications, assumptions and exceptions, action has been taken with respect to the
recording, registering, filing, re-recording, re-registering and re-filing of all
supplemental indentures, financing statements, continuation statements or other instruments
of further assurance as is necessary to maintain the Lien of the Collateral Documents and
reciting with respect to the security interests in the Collateral the details of such action
or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, and (B) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, subject to customary qualifications, assumptions and
exceptions, based on relevant laws as in effect on the date of such Opinion of Counsel, all
financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are
necessary as of such date and during the succeeding 12 months fully to preserve and protect,
to the extent such protection and preservation are possible by filing, the rights of the
Holders of Notes and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents with respect to the security interests in the Collateral; or

     (2) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, subject to customary qualifications,
assumptions and exceptions, no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien and
assignment.

     (c) The Company will otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b).

Section 10.03 Release of Collateral.

     (a) Subject to subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 10.03, Collateral may be
released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or
from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents or as provided
hereby, which request by the Company shall be made pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that all conditions precedent

78

 

hereunder have been met, and without the consent of any Holder and Opinion of Counsel, the
Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to releases of assets included in the Collateral from
the Liens securing the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the
Collateral Documents, under on or more of the following circumstances:

     (1) to enable the Company to consummate asset sales and dispositions that are not Asset
Sales or that are Asset Sales permitted under Section 4.10;

     (2) to enable the Company to consummate mergers, consolidations or sales of assets that
are permitted under Section 5.01;

     (3) if any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor is released from its Note Guarantee, such
Subsidiary’s assets will also be released from the Liens securing the Notes and the Note
Guarantee;

     (4) if the Company exercises Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as set forth, and
subject to the conditions stated, in Article 8; or

     (5) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or payment in full of the
principal of and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if
any, on the Notes and all other obligations that are then due and payable.

     Upon receipt of such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, the Collateral Agent shall
execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or
release to evidence to release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this
Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

     (b) No Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the
Collateral Documents pursuant to the provisions of the Collateral Documents unless the certificate
and Opinion of Counsel required by this Section 10.03 has been delivered to the Collateral
Agent.

     (c) At any time when a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the
maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee
has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant
to the provisions of the Collateral Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as
provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (d) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral
Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the
provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms hereof. To
the extent applicable (the determination of which is to be made by the Company and set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate), the Company will cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d),
relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the
Collateral Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be
subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any
certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Company except in
cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent
Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or
approved by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of reasonable care. Fees, charges
and expenses incurred by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in connection herewith, including the
fees and reasonable expenses of any such engineer, appraiser or other expert shall be reimbursed to
the Trustee or the Collateral Agent (as applicable).

79

 

Section 10.04 Certificates of the Company.

     The Company will furnish to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, prior to each proposed
release of Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents:

     (1) all documents required by TIA §314(d); and

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Company, to
the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA
§314(d).

     The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof,
accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate
statements contained in such documents and such Opinion of Counsel.

Section 10.05 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Collateral
Documents.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 and 7.02 hereof, the Trustee may, in
its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the
Collateral Agent to, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:

     (1) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and

     (2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of
the Company hereunder.

     The Trustee will have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may
deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in
violation of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the
Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in
the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the
enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order
that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such
enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the
interests of the Holders or of the Trustee).

Section 10.06 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents.

     The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed
under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders
according to the provisions of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 10.07 Termination of Security Interest.

     Upon the payment in full of all Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes,
or upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Trustee will, at the request of the Company,
deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent stating that such Obligations have been paid in full,
and instruct the Collateral Agent to release the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the
Collateral Documents.

80

 

Section 10.08 Intercreditor Acknowledgment

     The lien and security interest evidenced by this Indenture and the exercise of any right or
remedy by any Holder in respect thereof is junior and subordinate to the interest of JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., individually and as Senior Agent and is subject to the provisions of that certain
Intercreditor and Lien Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2009, as amended,
supplemented, modified or replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof among
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Senior Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as
Trustee and Collateral Agent, the Company, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and certain of the
Company’s Subsidiaries.

Section 10.09 Rights, Protections and Immunities of the Collateral Agent

     For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent (in acting hereunder and under the Collateral
Documents) shall have all of the rights, protections and immunities granted to the Trustee under
this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01 Guarantee.

     (a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and
to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

     (1) the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on, the
Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes,
if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof (including, but not limited to, all interest accrued or
accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding (and the effect
of provisions such as Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code), accrue) after commencement
of an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a
claim in such Insolvency Proceeding); and

     (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such
other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise.

     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection.

     (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or

81

 

defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of
payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any
right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

     (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force
and effect.

     (d) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on
the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes
of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the
Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

     Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors
hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum
amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any
collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in
the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer
or conveyance.

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

     To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor
hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of
such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

     Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof
will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation
of such Note Guarantee.

     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed,
the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

82

 

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Guarantors.

     In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any
Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof,
the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section
4.17 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the
Company or another Guarantor, unless:

     (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

     (2) either:

     (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the
obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture and appropriate Collateral Documents
satisfactory to the Trustee and Collateral Agent; or

     (B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

     In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the
successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory
in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the
Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same
effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to
be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder
which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the
Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this
Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof.

     Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding Section
11.04(2)(A) and 11.04(2)(B) hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of
the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or
another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.05 Releases.

     (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

83

 

     (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is
not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section
4.10 hereof;

     (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor
to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not
violate Section 4.10 hereof and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company as a result of the sale, issuance or other disposition;

     (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

     (4) upon Legal defeasance, Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 or
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture in accordance with Article 12; or

     (5) in accordance with, and pursuant to the terms of, the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (b) At the Company’s written direction and expense, in the event that a Note Guarantee of a
Guarantor shall be released in accordance with this Section 11.05, the Trustee will execute
and deliver an instrument acknowledging such release in accordance with the terms of this Indenture
(in a form prepared by the Company).

     (c) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in
this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and
premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any
Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

     This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
issued hereunder, when:

     (1) either:

     (A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been
deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation; or

     (B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or
otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any
Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as
trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States
dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in United
States dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be
sufficient, without

84

 

consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire
Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for
principal, premium, and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the
date of maturity or redemption;

     (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the
deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to
be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a
party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

     (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it
under this Indenture; and

     (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the
redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the
provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in
this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07
hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance
with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any
Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine,
to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and
interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of,
premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of
its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to
receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

85

 

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control.

Section 13.02 Notices.

     Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly
given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery,
to the others’ address:

	 	 	If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Altra Holdings, Inc.

300 Granite Street, Suite 201,

Braintree, Massachusetts, 02184

Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

with a copy to:

Holland & Knight LLP

701 Brickell Avenue, Suite 3000

Miami, Florida 33131

Attention: Rodney H. Bell, Esq.

	 	 	If to the Trustee and Collateral Agent:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

700 S. Flower Street, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90017

Facsimile No.: (213) 630- 6298

Attention: Corporate Trust Unit

     The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by
facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery, provided, however, that notice to the Trustee shall be
effective only upon actual receipt.

     The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this
Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic
methods; provided, however, that (a) the party providing such written instructions, subsequent to
such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or
directions to the Trustee in a timely

86

 

manner, and (b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an
authorized representative of the party providing such instructions or directions. If the party
elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar
electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the
Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance
upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are
inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions
agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions
and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on
unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

     Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or
registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to
its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be
so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to
mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Holders.

     If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time.

Section 13.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

     Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof)
stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any,
provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that,
in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been
satisfied.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply
with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include:

     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

87

 

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or
the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Section 13.08 Governing Law.

     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE,
THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF
LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY.

Section 13.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may
not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.10 Successors.

     All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section
11.05.

Section 13.11 Severability.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

88

 

Section 13.12 Counterpart Originals.

     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.14 Waiver of Jury Trial

     EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[Signatures on following page]

89

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be executed as of the
date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

ALTRA INDUSTRIAL MOTION, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Glenn E. Deegan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Glenn E. Deegan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President, Legal and Human Resources,

General Counsel and Secretary 	 
	 

AMERICAN ENTERPRISES MPT CORP.

AMERICAN ENTERPRISES MPT HOLDINGS, LLC

AMERIDRIVES INTERNATIONAL, LLC

BOSTON GEAR LLC

FORMSPRAG LLC

INERTIA DYNAMICS LLC

KILIAN MANUFACTURING CORPORATION

NUTTALL GEAR LLC

WARNER ELECTRIC INTERNATIONAL HOLDING, NC.

WARNER ELECTRIC LLC

WARNER ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGY LLC

TB WOOD’S CORPORATION

TB WOOD’S INCORPORATED

TB WOOD’S ENTERPRISES, INC.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                                              /s/ Glenn E. Deegan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Glenn E. Deegan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Secretary 	 

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	TRUSTEE AND COLLATERAL AGENT

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Raymond Torres
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Raymond Torres 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Associate 	 
	 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF 81/8% SENIOR SECURED NOTE DUE 2016

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS
NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE
BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED
TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE
MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS
AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY
SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER
STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH
OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT
FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)
REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PURCHASER AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE, AND (2)
AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF
THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY
THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A
PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED

 

 

INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN
ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS
AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PURCHASERS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN
DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF
THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE
OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS
LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE.

A-2

 

ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

81/8% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2016

CUSIP No. 02208R AA4

			
	 	 	 
	Certificate No. 144A-1
	 	U.S.$207,090,000.00

Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) promises to pay to                     , or
registered assigns, the principal sum of                      DOLLARS on December 1, 2016 and to pay interest
thereon as hereinafter set forth.

     Interest Rate: 81/8%

     Interest Payment Dates: December 1 and June 1

     Record Dates: November 15 and May 15

     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained on the reverse side of this
Note, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

[Signature page follows.]

A-3

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
its duly authorized officer.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated:                     , 20     

A-4

 

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the 81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 referred to in
the within-mentioned Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee 

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated:                     , 20     

A-5

 

(REVERSE OF SECURITY)

81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

     Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to
below unless otherwise indicated.

     1. Interest. Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of
81/8% per annum until maturity [and shall pay the Additional Interest,
if any, payable pursuant to Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to
below]. The Company will pay interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] semi-annually in
arrears on December 1 and June 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on
the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has
been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the
payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on
the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from
such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment
Date shall be                     , 20     . The Company will pay interest on overdue principal and premium
[and Additional Interest, if any,] from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum
in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] (without regard to any applicable grace periods)
from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
[and Additional Interest, if any,] to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the
close of business on the November 15 or May 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even
if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment
Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.
The Notes will be payable as to principal, [and] premium [and Additional Interest, if any,]
and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or
without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest
[and Additional Interest, if any,] may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, [and]
premium [and Additional Interest, if any,] on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the
Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying
Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

     3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee and Collateral Agent under the Indenture, will act as
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

     4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of November 25, 2009 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee
and Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are

A-6

 

referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions
of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the
Company. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and
provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     5. Optional Redemption. 

     (a) At any time prior to December 1, 2012, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a
redemption price equal to 108.125% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued
and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] to the date of redemption (subject to
the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the applicable date of redemption),
with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by the Company; provided that:

     (A) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued
under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries and any
Notes redeemed under Paragraph 5(c)) remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of such redemption; and

     (B) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such
Equity Offering by the Company.

     (b) On or after December 1, 2012, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem all or
a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of
redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on December 1 of the years
indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant regular record date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage
	2012
	 	 	106.094	%
	2013
	 	 	104.063	%
	2014
	 	 	102.031	%
	2015 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

     (c) During each twelve-month period ending on December 1, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the
Company may redeem up to 10% of the originally issued principal amount of Notes, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered
address of each Holder of Notes or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a
redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed and accrued and
unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] to the redemption date, subject to the
rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date.

     (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to December 1, 2012, the Company may
also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice,
mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,] on the Notes redeemed, to the
date of

A-7

 

redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

     (e) Except pursuant to Paragraphs 5(a),(c) and (d), the Notes will not be redeemable at
the Company’s option prior to December 1, 2012.

     (f) Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will
cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable
redemption date.

     6. No Mandatory Redemption. The Company is not required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

     7. Repurchase at the Option of Holder.

     (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of
Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional
Interest, if any,] thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the
“Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company
will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute
the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date
specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and
described in such notice.

     (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset
Sales, within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$15.0 million, the Company will make an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of
other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those
set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum
principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased,
prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section
3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari
passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash
in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
[and Additional Interest, if any,] thereon to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption,
in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use such remaining Excess
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale
Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase
will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may
elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes.

     8. Security. The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors
under the Notes and the Guarantees are secured by Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the
terms of the Collateral Documents. The actions of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the
Holders secured by such

A-8

 

Liens and the application of proceeds from the enforcement of any remedies with respect
to such Collateral are limited pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

     9. Intercreditor Acknowledgment. The lien and security interest
evidenced by this Note and the exercise of any right or remedy by any Holder in respect
thereof is junior and subordinate to the interest of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually
and as Senior Agent and is subject to the provisions of that certain Intercreditor and Lien
Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2009, as amended, supplemented, modified or
replaced from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof among JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as Senior Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee and
Collateral Agent, the Company, Altra Industrial Motion, Inc. and certain of the Company’s
Subsidiaries.

     10. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to
be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than
60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of
the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes and portions of Notes
selected will be in minimum amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000; except that
if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding
amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or
purchased.

     11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in
the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder
to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need
not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the
Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the
corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     12. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

     13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, and the Collateral Documents
(including, with the consent of the required lenders under the Credit Facilities, the
Intercreditor Agreement) may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with
any provision of the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or
tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions
of the Indenture or any Collateral Document that has the effect of releasing all or
substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes will require the
consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding.

     Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

A-9

 

(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders
of Notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable; (iv) to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (v)
to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA; (vi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of
Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended by
the Company to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or the Notes, which intent shall be evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate to that effect; (vii) to enter into additional or supplemental
Collateral Documents; (vii) to release Collateral in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the Collateral Documents; (ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes
in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date of this
Indenture; or (x) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note
Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

     14. Defaults and Remedies. The Events of Default relating to the
Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. In the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further
action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing and has not been
waived in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to
be due and payable immediately. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of
any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in
their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest or premium [or Additional Interest, if any].

     Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an
acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or
premium [or Additional Interest, if any,] on, or the principal of, the Notes. Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall
be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. The
Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with
the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of
Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

     15. [Registration Rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated November 25, 2009 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), among the Company,
the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, the Company will be obligated to consummate an
Exchange Offer. Upon such Exchange Offer, the Holders of Notes shall have the right, subject
to compliance with securities laws, to exchange such Notes for Exchange Notes in like
principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to the Notes. The
Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to

A-10

 

receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated
and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement.]

     16. Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual
or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the
Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if
it were not the Trustee.

     17. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Company or any of the
Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the
Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     18. Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

     19. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

     20. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes
under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will
have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

     21. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers
to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as
a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

     22. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

     The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Altra Holdings, Inc.

300 Granite Street, Suite 201

Braintree, Massachusetts, 02184

Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

A-11

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

     If you the Holder want to assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature
guaranteed:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 
(Print or type assignee’s legal name, address and zip code and

social security or tax ID number)

	 	 	 
	and irrevocably appoint
	 	 
	 

	 	 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 	Signed:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on
the other side of this Note)
	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:           
                       
                      

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier
of (i) the date of the declaration by the SEC of the effectiveness of a registration statement
under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering resales
of this Note (which effectiveness shall not have been suspended or terminated at the date of the
transfer) and (ii)                     , 20     , the undersigned confirms that it has not utilized any
general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the transfer and that this Note is
being transferred:

[Check One]

	(1) _____	 	to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or
	 
	(2) _____	 	pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
	 
	(3) _____	 	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained
from the Trustee); or
	 
	(4) _____	 	outside the United States to a person other than a “U.S. person” in compliance
with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
	 
	(5) _____	 	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced
by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof;
provided that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require,
prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions,
certifications (including an investment letter in the case of box (3) or (4)) and other information
as the Trustee or the Company has reasonably requested to

A-12

 

confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

     If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the
conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.06 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 	Signed:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

(Sign
exactly as your name appears on
the other side of this Note)
	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:                                         

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that
it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to
Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dated:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
	 	 

A-13

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

     If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

o Section 4.10           o Section 4.15

     If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                                        

  (multiple of $1,000)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date:

	 	 	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the
other side of this Note)
	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Tax Identification No:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

Signature Guarantee*:           
                       
                      

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-14

 

Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note *

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for
a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest
in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	of this Global Note	 	Signature of
	 	 	Amount of Decrease	 	Amount of Increase	 	Following Such	 	Authorized Officer
	 	 	in Principal Amount	 	in Principal Amount	 	Decreases or	 	of Trustee or
	Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	Increases	 	Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-15

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Altra Holdings, Inc.

300 Granite Street, Suite 201

Braintree, Massachusetts, 02184

Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

700 S. Flower Street, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90017

Facsimile No.: (213) 630- 6298

Attention: Corporate Trust Unit

	 	Re: 	81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2009 (the “Indenture”),
among Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent. Capitalized
terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

     ____________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_________ in such
Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to _______________ (the “Transferee”), as
further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the
beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation
S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a
Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was
outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the
transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S
under the

B-1

 

Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person
or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchasers). Upon
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the
Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive
Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

     (a) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
144 under the Securities Act;

or

     (b) o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

     (c) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act;

or

     (d) o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor
and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further
certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of
Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted
Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is
supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D
to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at
the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the
Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this
certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the the Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions

B-2

 

contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	
[Insert Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: __________________

B-3

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

	1.	 	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)

	 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 02208R AA4), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U0206R AA7), or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note.

	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

	 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:

	 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (CUSIP ____________), or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ____________), or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ____________), or

	 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
	 
	 	in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Altra Holdings, Inc.

300 Granite Street, Suite 201

Braintree, Massachusetts, 02184

Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

700 S. Flower Street, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90017

Facsimile No.: (213) 630- 6298

Attention: Corporate Trust Unit

	 	Re: 	81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2009 (the “Indenture”),
among Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent. Capitalized
terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

     _______________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or
interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $_________ in such Note[s]
or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being

C-1

 

acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.
In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global
Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to
the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of
the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	
[Insert Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated: _______________

C-3

 

Exhibit D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Altra Holdings, Inc.

300 Granite Street, Suite 201

Braintree, Massachusetts, 02184

Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

700 S. Flower Street, Suite 500

Los Angeles, California 90017

Facsimile No.: (213) 630- 6298

Attention: Corporate Trust Unit

     Re: 81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016

     Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2009 (the “Indenture”),
among Altra Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of:

(a) o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) o a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to
certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be
bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except
in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities
Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in
the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are
acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do
so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished
on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in
the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the
time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the
United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to
the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the
Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that
resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

D-1

 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will
be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other
information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale
complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us
will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of
Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or
for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of
which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce
this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor] 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

Dated:                                         

D-2

 

Exhibit E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

     For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture) has, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent
set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of November 25,
2009 (the “Indenture”), among Altra Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent (the
“Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium [and Additional Interest,
if any,] and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise,
the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any,
if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other Obligations of the Company to the
Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in this Note, the Indenture and
the Collateral Documents and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the
Trustee pursuant to this Notation of Guarantee (this “Guarantee”) and the Indenture, and the
limitations thereon, are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby
made to the Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee. The validity and enforceability of
this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

     THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERSIGNED TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES AND TO THE TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO THIS
GUARANTEE AND THE INDENTURE ARE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE ELEVEN OF THE INDENTURE AND
REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE INDENTURE FOR THE PRECISE TERMS OF THE GUARANTEE AND ALL OTHER
PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE TO WHICH THE GUARANTEE RELATES. EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, BY ACCEPTING
THE SAME, (A) AGREES TO AND SHALL BE BOUND BY SUCH PROVISIONS AND (B) APPOINTS THE TRUSTEE AS
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR SUCH HOLDER FOR SUCH PURPOSES.

     THIS IS A CONTINUING GUARANTEE AND SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AND SHALL BE BINDING
UPON EACH GUARANTOR AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS UNTIL FULL AND FINAL PAYMENT OF ALL OF THE
COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES AND THE INDENTURE OR UNTIL RELEASED OR LEGALLY DEFEASED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AND SHALL INURE TO THE BENEFIT OF THE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF THE
TRUSTEE AND THE HOLDERS, AND, IN THE EVENT OF ANY TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS BY ANY HOLDER OR
THE TRUSTEE, THE RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES HEREIN CONFERRED UPON THAT PARTY SHALL AUTOMATICALLY EXTEND
TO AND BE VESTED IN SUCH TRANSFEREE OR ASSIGNEE, ALL SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF.
THIS IS A GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE AND NOT OF COLLECTABILITY.

     THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS GUARANTEE
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

E-1

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as of
                                        , 20___.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[Name of Guarantor(s)]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

E-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Exhibit F

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

     This Supplemental Indenture , dated as of                                         , 20___, (this “Supplemental
Indenture”) among                                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), Altra Holdings, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to
herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a New York banking corporation (the
“Trustee”), as trustee and collateral agent under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH

     WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of November 25, 2009 providing for the issuance of
81/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”);

     WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Joinder to Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to become bound by the
terms, conditions and other provisions of the Indenture with all attendant rights, duties and
obligations stated therein, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a guarantor
therein and if such party executed the Indenture on the date thereof.

3. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee,
the Collateral Documents and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof, and
subject to the limitations therein.

4. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Company or Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes,
any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against
public policy.

5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

F-1

 

WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF
LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY.

6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

8. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the
recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and
the Company.

[Signature page follows.]

F-2

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first written above

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST

COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee and Collateral Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

F-3exv4w3

 

    Exhibit 4.3

 

    $210,000,000

    

 

    ALTRA
    HOLDINGS, INC.

    

 

    81/8% Senior
    Secured Notes due 2016

    

 

    REGISTRATION
    RIGHTS AGREEMENT

    November 25, 2009

    JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

    as representative of the

    Initial Purchasers named on

    Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement

    520 Madison Avenue

    New York, New York 10022

 

    Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

    Altra Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
    “Company”), is issuing and selling to
    Jefferies & Company, Inc. and the other initial
    purchasers listed on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement
    (as defined below) (collectively, the “Initial
    Purchasers”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase
    Agreement, dated November 16, 2009, by and among the
    Company, the Initial Purchasers and the guarantors named therein
    (the “Purchase Agreement”), $210,000,000
    aggregate principal amount of
    81/8% Senior
    Secured Notes due 2016 issued by the Company (each, together
    with the related guarantees, a “Note” and
    collectively, the “Notes”). As an inducement to
    the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the
    Company and the Guarantors (as defined below) agree with the
    Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
    below) of the Notes (including, without limitation, the Initial
    Purchasers), as follows:

 

		
	
    1.  
	
    Definitions

 

    Capitalized terms that are used herein without definition and
    are defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the respective
    meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. As used in
    this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following
    meanings:

 

    Additional Interest:  See
    Section 4(a).

 

    Advice:  See Section 5(w).

 

    Agreement:  This Registration Rights Agreement,
    dated as of the Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors
    party hereto and the Initial Purchasers.

 

    Applicable Period:  See
    Section 2(e).

 

    Blackout Period:  See Section 3(e).

 

    Business Day:  A day that is not a Saturday, a
    Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New
    York are authorized or required by law or executive order to be
    closed.

 

    Closing Date:  November 25, 2009.

 

    Collateral Documents:  Has the meaning set
    forth in the Indenture.

 

    Company:  See the introductory paragraph to
    this Agreement.

 

    Effectiveness Date:  The 210th day
    following the date that the Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement is filed with the SEC.

 

    Effectiveness Period:  See
    Section 3(a).

 

    Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
    promulgated thereunder.

 

    Exchange Notes:  Senior Secured Notes due 2016
    of the Company registered under the Securities Act, identical in
    all material respects to the Notes, including the guarantees
    relating thereto, except for restrictive legends and Additional
    Interest provisions.

 

    Exchange Offer:  See Section 2(a).

 

    Exchange Offer Registration Statement:  See
    Section 2(a).

 

    Filing Date:  The 90th day after the
    Closing Date, or if such date is not a Business Day, the next
    succeeding Business Day.

 

    FINRA:  Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

    Guarantors:  Each subsidiary of the Company
    that guarantees the obligations of the Company under the Notes
    and the Indenture.

 

    Holder:  Any beneficial holder of Registrable
    Notes.

 

    Indemnified Party:  See
    Section 7(c).

 

    Indemnifying Party:  See
    Section 7(c).

 

    Indenture:  The Indenture, dated as of the
    Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Bank of
    New York Mellon, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are
    being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in
    accordance with the terms thereof.

 

    Initial Purchasers:  See the introductory
    paragraph to this Agreement.

 

    Initial Shelf Registration Statement:  See
    Section 3(a).

 

    Inspectors:  See Section 5(o).

 

    Lien:  Has the meaning set forth in the
    Indenture.

 

    Losses:  See Section 7(a).

 

    Maximum Contribution Amount:  See
    Section 7(d).

 

    Notes:  See the introductory paragraph to this
    Agreement.

 

    Participating Broker-Dealer:  See
    Section 2(e).

 

    Person:  An individual, trustee, corporation,
    partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company,
    trust, unincorporated association, union, business association,
    firm, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or
    other legal entity.

 

    Private Exchange:  See Section 2(f).

 

    Private Exchange Notes:  See Section 2(f).

 

    Prospectus:  The prospectus included in any
    Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a
    prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a
    prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement
    in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities
    Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement,
    with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the
    Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and
    all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus,
    including post-effective amendments, and all material
    incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by
    reference in such Prospectus.

 

    Purchase Agreement:  See the introductory
    paragraph to this Agreement.

 

    Records:  See Section 5(o).

    

    2

 

    Registration Default:  See
    Section 4(a).

 

    Registrable Notes:  Notes and Private Exchange
    Notes, until they have been sold, exchanged or transferred
    pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or are eligible
    to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision
    then in force, but not Rule 144A) without restriction under
    the Securities Act.

 

    Registration Statement:  Any registration
    statement of the Company and the Guarantors filed with the SEC
    under the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Shelf Registration
    Statement and any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) that
    covers any of the Registrable Notes pursuant to the provisions
    of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and
    supplements to such registration statement, including
    post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material
    incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by
    reference in such registration statement.

 

    Rule 144:  Rule 144 promulgated under
    the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
    time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or
    regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC providing for offers and
    sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in
    offers and sales by subsequent holders that are not affiliates
    of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration
    and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

    Rule 144A:  Rule 144A promulgated
    under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time
    to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or
    regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

 

    Rule 415:  Rule 415 promulgated under
    the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
    time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the
    SEC.

 

    Rule 430A:  Rule 430A promulgated
    under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time
    to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by
    the SEC.

 

    SEC:  The United States Securities and Exchange
    Commission.

 

    Securities:  The Notes, the Exchange Notes and
    the Private Exchange Notes.

 

    Securities Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
    thereunder.

 

    Shelf Notice:  See Section 2(i).

 

    Shelf Registration Statement:  The Initial
    Shelf Registration Statement and any Subsequent Shelf
    Registration Statement.

 

    Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement:  See
    Section 3(b).

 

    TIA:  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
    amended.

 

    Trustee:  The trustee under the Indenture and,
    if existent, the trustee under any indenture governing the
    Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes (if any).

 

    Underwritten Registration or Underwritten
    Offering:  A registration in which securities of
    the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the
    public.

 

		
	
    2.  
	
    Exchange
    Offer

 

    (a) Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by
    applicable laws or a policy of the SEC, the Company shall (and
    shall cause each Guarantor to) (i) use commercially
    reasonable efforts to no later than the Filing Date, prepare and
    file with the SEC a registration statement (the
    “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an
    appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to an
    offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange the
    Notes for Exchange Notes guaranteed by the Guarantors which
    shall have terms substantially identical in all material
    respects to the Notes, (ii) use all commercially reasonable
    efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
    become effective no later than the Effectiveness Date,
    (iii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the
    consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with its terms,
    and (iv) commence the Exchange Offer and use all
    commercially reasonable efforts to issue, on or prior to

    

    3

 

    30 Business Days after the date that the Exchange Offer
    Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (or such
    longer period if required by applicable securities laws),
    Exchange Notes in exchange for all Notes tendered prior thereto
    in the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject
    to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not
    violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the
    staff of the SEC.

 

    (b) The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall
    be issued under, and entitled to the benefits of, the Indenture
    or a trust indenture that is identical to the Indenture (other
    than such changes as are necessary to comply with any
    requirements of the SEC to effect or maintain the qualifications
    thereof under the TIA), which in either case will provide that
    (i) the Exchange Notes will not be subject to the
    registration rights, transfer restrictions or Additional
    Interest provisions set forth in the Indenture, (ii) the
    Private Exchange Notes will be subject to the transfer
    restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (iii) the
    Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes, if
    any, will be deemed one class of security (subject to the
    provisions of the Indenture) and entitled to participate in all
    the security granted by the Company pursuant to the Collateral
    Documents (to the extent provided therein) and in any Guarantee
    (as such terms are defined in the Indenture) on an equal and
    ratable basis.

 

    (c) Interest on the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange
    Notes will accrue from (i) the later of (x) the last
    interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Notes
    surrendered in exchange therefor or (y) if the Note is
    surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes
    the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or
    after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be
    paid, the date of such interest payment date or (ii) if no
    interest has been paid on the Notes, from the Closing Date. Each
    Exchange Note and Private Exchange Note shall bear interest at
    the rate set forth thereon.

 

    (d) The Company may require each Holder as a condition to
    participation in the Exchange Offer to represent to the Company
    that at the time of the commencement and consummation of the
    Exchange Offer, (i) any Exchange Notes received by such
    Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business,
    (ii) such Holder has not entered into any arrangement or
    understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution
    (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes
    in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act,
    (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate” (as
    defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the Company
    or if such Holder is an affiliate such Holder will comply with
    the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
    Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such
    Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and
    does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange
    Notes and (v) if such Holder is a Participating
    Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own
    account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of
    market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver
    a Prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

 

    (e) The Company shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to)
    include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
    Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of
    Distribution” reasonably acceptable to the Initial
    Purchasers which shall contain all of the information that the
    SEC may require with respect to the potential
    “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the
    beneficial owner (as defined in
    Rule 13d-3
    under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such
    broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer for its own account in
    exchange for Notes that were acquired by it as a result of
    market-making activities or other trading activities (a
    “Participating Broker-Dealer”), whether such
    positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the
    staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, in the judgment
    of the Initial Purchasers, represent the prevailing views of the
    staff of the SEC. Such “Plan of Distribution” section
    shall also allow, to the extent permitted by applicable policies
    and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all
    Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the
    Securities Act, including, to the extent so permitted, all
    Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing
    the manner in which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the
    Exchange Notes. The Company shall use all commercially
    reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus
    contained therein, in order to permit such Prospectus to be
    lawfully delivered by all Persons subject to the prospectus
    delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of
    time as such Persons must comply with such requirements in order
    to resell the Exchange Notes; provided that such period shall
    not exceed the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all
    persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the
    Securities Act have sold all Exchange Notes held by them (the
    “Applicable Period”).

 

    (f) If, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the
    Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them and having
    the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution,
    the Company (upon the written request from an

    

    4

 

    Initial Purchaser) shall, simultaneously with the delivery of
    the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, issue and
    deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange (the
    “Private Exchange”) for the Notes held by such
    Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of
    the Company, including guarantees relating thereto (issued under
    the same Indenture as the Exchange Notes) that are identical in
    all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the
    existence of restrictions on transfer thereof under the
    Securities Act and securities laws of the several states of the
    United States (the “Private Exchange Notes”).
    The Private Exchange Notes shall bear the same CUSIP number as
    the Exchange Notes.

 

    (g) In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company
    shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to):

 

    (i) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of the
    Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal
    (substantially in the form attached as an exhibit to the
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement) and any related documents;

 

    (ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20
    Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after
    the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders;

 

    (iii) utilize the services of a depository for the Exchange
    Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
    New York, which may be the Trustee or an affiliate thereof;

 

    (iv) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Notes
    at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on
    the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain
    open; and

 

    (v) otherwise comply in all material respects with all
    applicable laws.

 

    (h) Promptly after the close of the Exchange Offer or the
    Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall (and
    shall cause each Guarantor to):

 

    (i) accept for exchange all Registrable Notes validly
    tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange
    Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be;

 

    (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for
    cancellation all Registrable Notes so accepted for
    exchange; and

 

    (iii) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver
    promptly to each Holder tendering such Registrable Notes,
    Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be,
    equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so
    accepted for exchange; provided, that, in the case of any Notes
    held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery
    to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global
    form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account
    of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy
    such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

    (i) If (i) any change in law or in applicable
    interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC would not permit
    the consummation of the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange
    Offer is not consummated within 30 Business Days after the
    Effectiveness Date, (iii) the Initial Purchaser so requests
    with respect to the Notes (or the Private Exchange Notes) not
    eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Exchange
    Offer and held by it following consummation of the Exchange
    Offer, or (iv) in the case of (A) any Holder
    prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the
    Exchange Offer, (B) any Holder that may not resell the
    Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the
    public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus
    contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
    appropriate or available for such resales (other than due solely
    to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Company
    within the meaning of rule 405 of the Securities Act) or
    (C) any Participating Broker-Dealer holds Notes acquired
    directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, and in each
    case contemplated by clause (iii) or (iv) above, such
    Initial Purchaser or such Holder notifies the Company in writing
    thereof prior to 20 Business Days following consummation of the
    Exchange Offer, then in each case the Company shall promptly
    (and in any event within five Business Days of such
    notification) deliver to the Holders and the Trustee notice
    thereof (the “Shelf Notice”) and shall as
    promptly as practicable and at its sole expense file an Initial
    Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3
    hereof.

    

    5

 

		
	
    3.  
	
    Shelf
    Registration

 

    If a Shelf Notice is delivered pursuant to
    Section 2(i), then this Section 3 shall
    apply to all Registrable Notes. Otherwise, upon consummation of
    the Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2, the
    provisions of this Section 3 shall apply solely with
    respect to (i) Notes held by any Holder thereof not
    permitted to participate in the Exchange Offer,
    (ii) Private Exchange Notes, and (iii) Exchange Notes
    that are not freely tradable as contemplated by
    Section 2(i)(iv)(B) hereof, provided in each case
    that the relevant Holder has duly notified the Company within 20
    Business Days of the Exchange Offer as required by
    Section 2(i)(iv) hereof.

 

    (a) Initial Shelf
    Registration.  The Company shall, and shall
    cause each Guarantor to, use all commercially reasonable efforts
    to file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to
    be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering
    all of the Registrable Notes (the “Initial Shelf
    Registration Statement”) within 45 days of the
    delivery of the Shelf Notice and shall (and shall cause each
    Guarantor to) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause
    such Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be declared
    effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable
    thereafter (but in no event more than 90 days after
    delivery of the Shelf Notice); provided, however,
    that if the Company (and each Guarantor) has not filed an
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement prior to the delivery of
    the Shelf Notice, then the Company shall use all commercially
    reasonable efforts to file (and shall cause each Guarantor to
    file) with the SEC the Initial Shelf Registration Statement on
    or prior to the Filing Date and shall use all commercially
    reasonable efforts to cause such Initial Shelf Registration
    Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on
    or prior to the Effectiveness Date. The Initial Shelf
    Registration Statement shall be on
    Form S-1
    or another appropriate form permitting registration of such
    Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners
    reasonably designated by them (including, without limitation,
    one or more Underwritten Offerings). The Company and Guarantors
    shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes
    to be included in any Shelf Registration Statement. The Company
    shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to) use all commercially
    reasonable efforts to keep the Initial Shelf Registration
    Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until
    the earlier of two years from the Closing Date or such shorter
    period ending when (i) all Registrable Notes covered by
    such Shelf Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Notes,
    (ii) all Registrable Notes covered by the Initial Shelf
    Registration Statement have been sold in the manner set forth
    and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration Statement,
    (iii) a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement covering
    all of the Registrable Notes covered by and not sold under the
    Initial Shelf Registration Statement or an earlier Subsequent
    Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective under
    the Securities Act, or (iv) there cease to be any
    outstanding Registrable Notes.

 

    (b) Subsequent Shelf
    Registrations.  If the Initial Shelf
    Registration Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration
    Statement ceases to be effective for any reason at any time
    during the Effectiveness Period (other than during a Blackout
    Period or because of the sale of all of the Securities
    registered thereunder), the Company shall (and shall cause each
    Guarantor to) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
    the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness
    thereof, and in any event shall within 30 days of such
    cessation of effectiveness amend such Shelf Registration
    Statement in a manner designed to obtain the withdrawal of the
    order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file (and cause
    each Guarantor to file) an additional “shelf”
    registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of
    the Registrable Notes covered by and not sold under the Initial
    Shelf Registration Statement or any earlier Registration
    Statement (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration
    Statement”). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration
    Statement is filed, the Company shall (and shall cause each
    Guarantor to) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause
    the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to be declared
    effective as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep
    such Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement continuously
    effective for a period equal to the number of days in the
    Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during
    which the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or any Subsequent
    Shelf Registration Statement was previously continuously
    effective.

 

    (c) Supplements and
    Amendments.  The Company shall promptly amend
    any Shelf Registration Statement
    and/or amend
    or supplement the Prospectus constituting a part thereof if
    required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to
    the registration form used for such Shelf Registration
    Statement, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably
    requested in writing by the Holders of a majority in aggregate
    principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Shelf
    Registration Statement or by any underwriter of such Registrable
    Notes.

    

    6

 

    (d) Provision of Information.  No
    Holder shall be entitled to include any of its Registrable Notes
    in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement
    unless such Holder furnishes to the Company and the Trustee in
    writing, within 20 days after receipt of a written request
    therefor, such information as the Company or the Trustee, after
    conferring with counsel with regard to information relating to
    Holders that would be required by the SEC to be included in such
    Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein, may
    reasonably request for inclusion in any Shelf Registration
    Statement or Prospectus included therein, and no such Holder
    shall be entitled to Additional Interest pursuant to
    Section 4 hereof unless and until such Holder shall
    have provided such information.

 

    (e) Blackout
    Periods.  Notwithstanding anything to the
    contrary contained in this Agreement, upon notice to Holders,
    the Company may suspend use of the Prospectus included in any
    Shelf Registration Statement in the event that and for a period
    of time (a “Blackout Period”) not to exceed an
    aggregate of 90 days in any
    12-month
    period if the board of directors of the Company determines in
    good faith that (1) the disclosure of an event, occurrence
    or other item at such time could reasonably be expected to have
    a material adverse effect on the business, operations or
    prospects of the Company and the Guarantors, taken as a whole,
    or (2) the disclosure otherwise relates to a material
    business transaction which has not been publicly disclosed and
    that any such disclosure would jeopardize the success of the
    transaction or that disclosure of the transaction is prohibited
    pursuant to the terms thereof. The cumulative Blackout Periods
    in any
    12-month
    period commencing on the Closing Date may not exceed an
    aggregate of 90 days during any
    12-month
    period. The Company may exercise its rights pursuant to this
    Section 3(e) twice during any
    12-month
    period, and then only as to separate events.

 

		
	
    4.  
	
    Additional
    Interest

 

    (a) The Company and each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees
    that the Holders of Registrable Notes will suffer damages if the
    Company or any Guarantor fails to fulfill its material
    obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and
    that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such
    damages with precision. Accordingly, the Company and the
    Guarantors agree to pay additional cash interest on the Notes
    (“Additional Interest”) under the circumstances
    and to the extent set forth below (each event described in
    clauses (i) through (iii) below, a
    “Registration Default” and each of which shall
    be given independent effect):

 

    (i) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement nor the Initial Shelf Registration Statement has been
    filed with the SEC on or prior to the Filing Date or
    (B) notwithstanding that the Company has consummated or
    will consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company is required to
    file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration
    Statement is not filed on or prior to the date required by this
    Agreement, then, commencing on the day after either such
    required filing date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the
    Notes over and above any stated interest at a rate of 0.25% per
    annum of the principal amount at maturity of such Notes for the
    first 90 days immediately following such filing date, such
    Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per
    annum at the beginning of each subsequent
    90-day
    period, subject to the provisos in the last sentence of this
    paragraph;

 

    (ii) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement nor the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is
    declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness
    Date, or (B) notwithstanding that the Company has
    consummated or will consummate an Exchange Offer, the Company is
    required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf
    Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on
    or prior to the 90th day following the date such Shelf
    Registration Statement was filed, then, commencing on the day
    after either such required effective date, Additional Interest
    shall accrue on the Notes over and above any stated interest at
    a rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount at maturity of
    such Notes for the first 90 days immediately following such
    effective date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an
    additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent
    90-day
    period, subject to the provisos in the last sentence of this
    paragraph;

 

    (iii) if (A) the Company (and any Guarantor) has not
    exchanged Exchange Notes for all Notes validly tendered in
    accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to
    30 Business Days after the Effectiveness Date, (B) the
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement ceases to be effective any
    time prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
    (C) if applicable, a Shelf Registration Statement has been
    declared effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases
    to be effective at any time prior to the earlier of the time

    

    7

 

    when all Registrable Notes cease to be Registrable Notes or the
    second anniversary of the Closing Date (other than during a
    Blackout Period or after such time as all Notes have been
    disposed of thereunder), or (D) the Company issues a valid
    notice to suspend the use of the Prospectus included in any
    Shelf Registration Statement and such suspension, when taken
    together with all other suspensions, if any (but solely to the
    extent not concurrent), during any 12 month period exceeds
    90 days, then, in each case, Additional Interest shall
    accrue on the Notes over and above any stated interest at a rate
    of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of such Notes for the
    first 90 days commencing on (x) the 31st Business
    Day after the Effectiveness Date, in the case of clause (A)
    above, (y) the day such Exchange Offer Registration
    Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be
    effective or useable, in the case of clause (B) or
    (C) above, as applicable or (z) the day the Prospectus
    in any Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be useable, (in
    the case of clause (D) above, such Additional Interest rate
    increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of
    each subsequent
    90-day
    period;

 

    provided, however, that Additional Interest will
    not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (i)
    through (iii) at any one time; provided
    further, however, that the amount of Additional
    Interest accruing on the Notes shall not exceed at any one time
    in the aggregate 1.0% per annum; and provided
    further, however, that (1) upon the filing of
    the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Initial Shelf
    Registration Statement (in the case of clause (i) above),
    (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
    Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (in the
    case of clause (ii) above), (3) upon the exchange of
    Exchange Notes for all Notes tendered (in the case of clause
    (iii)(A) above), (4) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange
    Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement,
    as the case may be, which had ceased to remain effective (in the
    case of clauses (iii)(B) or (iii)(C) above), or (5) upon
    the day the Prospectus in any Shelf Registration Statement the
    use of which was previously suspended may be used again (in the
    case of clause (iii)(D) above), Additional Interest on the Notes
    as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof),
    as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. Notwithstanding the
    foregoing, (x) the amount of Additional Interest payable
    shall not increase because more than one Registration Default
    has occurred and is pending, and (y) Additional Interest
    shall be payable for Registration Defaults related to a failure
    of the Company to cause a Shelf Registration Statement to be
    declared effective only to those Holders who sought to have
    their Registrable Notes registered pursuant to
    Section 3 hereof. Additional Interest pursuant to
    this Section 4 constitutes liquidated damages with
    respect to a Registration Default and shall be the exclusive
    monetary remedy available to the Holders with respect to a
    Registration Default.

 

    (b) The Company shall notify the Trustee within three
    Business Days after each and every date on which a Registration
    Default occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is
    required to be paid. Any amounts of Additional Interest due
    pursuant to clause (a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this
    Section 4 will be payable in cash, on the dates and
    in the manner provided in the Indenture for interest payments on
    the Notes and whether or not any cash interest would then be
    payable on such date, commencing with the first such semi-annual
    date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to
    accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by
    multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the
    principal amount of the Notes, multiplied by a fraction, the
    numerator of which is the number of days such Additional
    Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on
    the basis of a
    360-day year
    comprised of twelve
    30-day
    months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of
    days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

		
	
    5.  
	
    Registration
    Procedures

 

    In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement
    pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, the
    Company shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to) effect such
    registrations to permit the sale of such Securities covered
    thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of
    disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with
    any Registration Statement filed by the Company hereunder, the
    Company shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to):

 

    (a) Prepare and file with the SEC on or prior to the Filing
    Date, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or, if the
    Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed because of
    the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(i), a
    Shelf Registration Statement as prescribed by
    Section 3, and use all commercially reasonable
    efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become
    effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided
    that, if (i) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3 or

    

    8

 

    (ii) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer
    Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2
    is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any
    Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes
    during the Applicable Period, before filing any Registration
    Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto
    the Company shall (and shall cause each Guarantor to), if
    requested, furnish at no charge to Holders of the Registrable
    Notes to be registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration
    Statement, each Participating Broker-Dealer, the managing
    underwriters, if any, and each of their respective counsel, a
    reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents
    (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by
    reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed
    (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing).
    The Company and each Guarantor shall not (and shall not allow
    any of the other Guarantors to) file any such Registration
    Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto
    in respect of which the Holders must provide information for the
    inclusion therein without the Holders being afforded an
    opportunity to review such documentation if the Holders of a
    majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes
    covered by such Registration Statement, or any such
    Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or the managing
    underwriters, if any, or any of their respective counsel shall
    reasonably object in writing on a timely basis. A Holder shall
    be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such
    Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as
    applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue
    statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact
    necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or fails
    to comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act.

 

    (b) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes,
    the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case
    may be, and cause the Indenture (or other indenture relating to
    the Registrable Notes) to be qualified under the TIA not later
    than the effective date of the first Registration Statement; and
    in connection therewith, to effect such changes to such
    indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so
    qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute,
    and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such
    trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect
    such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be
    filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified
    in a timely manner.

 

    (c) Other than during a Blackout Period, prepare and file
    with the SEC such pre-effective amendments and post-effective
    amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange
    Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be
    necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously
    effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period,
    as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be
    supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable
    law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to
    Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force)
    promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply with the
    provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable
    to them with respect to the disposition of all securities
    covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such
    Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent
    resale of any securities being sold by a Participating
    Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus. The Company and
    each Guarantor shall not (and shall not allow any other
    Guarantor to), during the Applicable Period, voluntarily take
    any action that would result in selling Holders of the
    Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement or
    Participating Broker-Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Notes not
    being able to sell such Registrable Notes or such Exchange Notes
    during that period, unless such action is required by applicable
    law, rule or regulation or permitted by this Agreement.

 

    (d) Furnish to such selling Holders and Participating
    Broker-Dealers who so request in writing (i) upon the
    Company’s receipt, a copy of the order of the SEC declaring
    such Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
    thereto effective, (ii) such reasonable number of copies of
    such Registration Statement and of each amendment and supplement
    thereto (in each case including any documents incorporated
    therein by reference and all exhibits), (iii) such
    reasonable number of copies of the Prospectus included in such
    Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus)
    and each amendment and supplement thereto, and such reasonable
    number of copies of the final Prospectus as filed by the Company
    and each Guarantor pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the
    Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the
    Securities Act and each amendment and supplement thereto, and
    (iv) such other documents (including any amendments
    required to be filed pursuant to clause (c) of this
    Section 5), as any such Person may reasonably
    request in writing. The Company and the Guarantors hereby
    consent to the use of the Prospectus by each of the selling
    Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating
    Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or
    agents,

    

    9

 

    if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and
    sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by
    Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to,
    such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

    (e) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a Prospectus
    contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed
    pursuant to Section 2 is required to be delivered
    under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period
    relating thereto, the Company shall notify in writing the
    selling Holders of Registrable Notes, or each such Participating
    Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the managing
    underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within two
    Business Days) (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus
    supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with
    respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective
    amendment, when the same has become effective (including in such
    notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request,
    obtain, without charge, one conformed copy of such Registration
    Statement or post-effective amendment including financial
    statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be
    incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the
    issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the
    effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order
    preventing or suspending the use of any Prospectus or the
    initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at
    any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to
    be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes
    the representations and warranties of the Company and any
    Guarantor contained in any agreement (including any underwriting
    agreement contemplated by Section 5(n)) hereof cease
    to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of
    the receipt by the Company or any Guarantor of any notification
    with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption
    from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the
    Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes to be sold by any
    Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any
    jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
    for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the
    existence of any condition or any information becoming known to
    the Company that makes any statement made in such Registration
    Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or
    deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any
    material respect or that requires the making of any changes in,
    or amendments or supplements to, such Registration Statement,
    Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration
    Statement and the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
    required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
    statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
    they were made, not misleading, (vi) of any reasonable
    determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a
    post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be
    appropriate and (vii) of any request by the SEC for
    amendments to the Registration Statement or supplements to the
    Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto.

 

    (f) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the
    issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a
    Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending
    the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or
    exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or
    the Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating
    Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such
    order is issued, use all commercially reasonable efforts to
    obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible
    date.

 

    (g) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3, (2) a Prospectus
    contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed
    pursuant to Section 2 is required to be delivered
    under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period or
    (3) reasonably requested in writing by the managing
    underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate
    principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold in
    connection with an Underwritten Offering, other than during a
    Blackout Period, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus
    supplement or post-effective amendment such information or
    revisions to information therein relating to such underwriters
    or selling Holders as the managing underwriters, if any, or such
    Holders or any of their respective counsel reasonably request in
    writing to be included or made therein and (ii) make all
    required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such
    post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the
    Company has received notification of the matters to be
    incorporated in such Prospectus supplements or post-effective

    

    10

 

    amendment; provided, however, that the Company
    shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would,
    in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, violate
    applicable laws.

 

    (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or
    any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
    Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use
    all commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, and
    cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each
    such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the
    underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection
    with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such
    registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes or
    Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the
    securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the
    United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer
    or any managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably
    request in writing; and, if Exchange Notes held by Participating
    Broker-Dealers or Registrable Notes are offered other than
    through an Underwritten Offering, the Company and each Guarantor
    shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause its
    counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and use all
    commercially reasonable efforts to file any registrations and
    qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this
    Section 5(h), use all commercially reasonable
    efforts to keep each such registration or qualification (or
    exemption therefrom) effective during the period such
    Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and use
    all commercially reasonable efforts to do any and all other acts
    or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the
    disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Notes held by
    Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Notes covered by
    the applicable Registration Statement; provided that
    neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to
    (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction
    where it is not then so qualified, (ii) take any action
    that would subject it to general service of process in any such
    jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or
    (iii) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal
    dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so
    subject.

 

    (i) If (i) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3 or (ii) a Prospectus
    contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed
    pursuant to Section 2 is requested to be delivered
    under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period,
    cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes and the
    managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the
    timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing
    Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear
    any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for
    deposit with The Depository Trust Company, and enable such
    Registrable Notes to be in such denominations and registered in
    such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any,
    or Holders may reasonably request in writing.

 

    (j) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
    Registrable Notes covered by any Registration Statement to be
    registered with or approved by such United States governmental
    agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller
    or sellers thereof or the underwriter, if any, to consummate the
    disposition of such Registrable Notes, except as may be required
    solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling
    Holder’s business, in which case the Company shall (and
    shall cause each Guarantor to) cooperate in all reasonable
    respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the
    granting of such approvals; provided that neither the Company
    nor any Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify
    generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not
    then so qualified, (ii) take any action that would subject
    it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is
    not then so subject or (iii) subject itself to taxation in
    any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

    (k) If (i) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3 or (ii) a Prospectus
    contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed
    pursuant to Section 2 is required to be delivered
    under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon
    the occurrence of any event contemplated by
    Section 5(e)(v) or (vi) hereof, other than
    during a Blackout Period, as promptly as practicable, prepare
    and file with the SEC, at the expense of the Company and the
    Guarantors, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the
    Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus
    or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated
    therein by reference, or file any other required document so
    that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the
    Registrable Notes being sold thereunder or to the purchasers of
    the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by
    a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Prospectus will not contain
    an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to

    

    11

 

    state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
    to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
    under which they were made, not misleading, and, if SEC review
    is required, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause
    such post-effective amendment to be declared effective as soon
    as possible.

 

    (l) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
    Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement to be
    rated with such appropriate rating agencies, if so requested in
    writing by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
    amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration
    Statement or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any.

 

    (m) Prior to the initial issuance of the Exchange Notes,
    (i) provide the Trustee with one or more certificates for
    the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The
    Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP
    number for the Exchange Notes.

 

    (n) If a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
    Section 3, enter into such agreements (including an
    underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is
    customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar
    to the Notes, as may be appropriate in the circumstances) and
    take all such other actions in connection therewith (including
    those reasonably requested in writing by the managing
    underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate
    principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold) in order
    to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of
    such Registrable Notes, and in such connection, whether or not
    an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the
    registration is an Underwritten Registration, (i) make such
    representations and warranties to the Holders and the
    underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the
    Company and its subsidiaries as then conducted, and the
    Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any,
    incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein,
    in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily
    made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of
    debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate in
    the circumstances, and confirm the same if and when reasonably
    required; (ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to
    obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors
    and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope
    and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing
    underwriters, if any, and the Holders of a majority in aggregate
    principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold), addressed
    to each selling Holder and each of the underwriters, if any,
    covering the matters customarily covered in opinions of counsel
    to the Company and the Guarantors requested in underwritten
    offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be
    appropriate in the circumstances; (iii) use all
    commercially reasonable efforts to obtain “cold
    comfort” letters and updates thereof (which letters and
    updates (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably
    satisfactory to the managing underwriters) from the independent
    certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors
    (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public
    accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business
    acquired by the Company for which financial statements and
    financial data are, or are required to be, included in the
    Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters,
    such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the
    type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in
    connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities
    similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate in the
    circumstances, and such other matters as reasonably requested in
    writing by the underwriters; and (iv) deliver such
    documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested in
    writing by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
    amount of the Registrable Notes being sold and the managing
    underwriters, if any, to evidence the continued validity of the
    representations and warranties of the Company and its
    subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (i) above and to
    evidence compliance with any conditions contained in the
    underwriting agreement or other similar agreement entered into
    by the Company or any Guarantor.

 

    (o) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed
    pursuant to Section 3, or (2) a Prospectus
    contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed
    pursuant to Section 2 is required to be delivered
    under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who
    seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make
    available for inspection by any selling Holder of such
    Registrable Notes being sold, or each such Participating
    Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating
    in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any, and any
    attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling
    Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may
    be, or underwriter (collectively, the
    “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally
    kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other
    records and pertinent

    

    12

 

    corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries
    (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be
    reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable
    due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers,
    directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to
    supply all information reasonably requested in writing by any
    such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement;
    provided that the foregoing inspection and information gathering
    on behalf of the Holders shall be coordinated by one counsel
    designated by and on behalf of the Holders. Each Inspector shall
    agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and
    that it will not disclose, or use in connection with any market
    transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws any
    of the Records unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is
    necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such
    Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is
    ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of
    competent jurisdiction, (iii) the information in such
    Records is public or has been made generally available to the
    public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to
    safeguard by such Inspector or (iv) disclosure of such
    information is, in the reasonable written opinion of counsel for
    any Inspector, necessary or advisable in connection with any
    action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly,
    involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising
    out of, based upon, related to, or involving this Agreement, or
    any transaction contemplated hereby or arising hereunder. Each
    selling Holder of such Registrable Notes and each such
    Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to agree that
    information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall
    be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis
    for any market transactions in the securities of the Company
    unless and until such information is made generally available to
    the public. Each Inspector, each selling Holder of such
    Registrable Notes and each such Participating Broker-Dealer will
    be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that
    disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent
    jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and, to the extent
    practicable, use all commercially reasonable efforts to allow
    the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to
    prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential at its
    expense.

 

    (p) Use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all
    applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally
    available to the security holders of the Company with regard to
    any applicable Registration Statement earning statements
    satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the
    Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule
    promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days
    after the end of any 12 month period (or 90 days after
    the end of any 12 month period if such period is a fiscal
    year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in
    which Registrable Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm
    commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and
    (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering,
    commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the
    Company after the effective date of a Registration Statement,
    which statements shall cover said 12 month periods.

 

    (q) Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or Private
    Exchange, use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an
    opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (in form,
    scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial
    Purchasers), addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all
    Holders participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private
    Exchange, as the case may be, to the effect that (i) the
    Company and the Guarantors have duly authorized, executed and
    delivered the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as
    the case may be, and the Indenture, (ii) the Exchange Notes
    or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the
    Indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
    Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and
    the Guarantors in accordance with their respective terms, except
    as such enforcement may be subject to customary United States
    and foreign exceptions and (iii) all obligations of the
    Company and the Guarantors under the Exchange Notes or the
    Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the Indenture
    are secured by Liens on the assets securing the obligations of
    the Company and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture
    and the Collateral Documents to the extent and as discussed in
    the Registration Statement.

 

    (r) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be
    consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by the
    Holders to the Company and the Guarantors (or to such other
    Person as directed by the Company and the Guarantors) in
    exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes,
    as the case may be, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark,
    or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Notes that the
    Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may
    be, are being issued as substitute evidence of the

    

    13

 

    indebtedness originally evidenced by the Registrable Notes;
    provided that in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked
    as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

    (s) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered
    by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any,
    participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and
    their respective counsel in connection with any filings required
    to be made with the FINRA.

 

    (t) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all
    Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be listed on
    each securities exchange, if any, on which similar debt
    securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

    (u) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to take all
    other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of
    the Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement
    contemplated hereby.

 

    (v) The Company may require each seller of Registrable
    Notes or Participating Broker-Dealer as to which any
    registration is being effected to furnish to the Company such
    information regarding such seller or Participating Broker-Dealer
    and the distribution of such Registrable Notes as the Company
    may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing. The
    Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes
    of any seller who fails to furnish such information within a
    reasonable time (which time in no event shall exceed
    45 days) after receiving such request. Each seller of
    Registrable Notes or Participating Broker-Dealer as to which any
    registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the
    Company all information required to be disclosed in order to
    make the information previously furnished by such seller not
    materially misleading.

 

    (w) Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating
    Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or
    Exchange Notes to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer,
    as the case may be, that, upon receipt of any notice from the
    Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in
    Section 5(e)(ii), (iv), (v), or (vi)
    or the commencement of a Blackout Period, such Holder will
    forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Notes
    covered by a Registration Statement and such Participating
    Broker-Dealer will forthwith discontinue disposition of such
    Exchange Notes pursuant to any Prospectus and, in each case,
    forthwith discontinue dissemination of such Prospectus until
    such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt
    of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
    contemplated by Section 5(k), or until it is advised
    in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company and
    the Guarantors that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be
    resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or
    supplements thereto and, if so directed by the Company and the
    Guarantors, such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the
    case may be, will deliver to the Company all copies, other than
    permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s or
    Participating Broker-Dealer’s possession, of the Prospectus
    covering such Registrable Notes current at the time of the
    receipt of such notice. In the event the Company and the
    Guarantors shall give any such notice, the Applicable Period
    shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from
    and including the date of the giving of such notice to and
    including the date when each Participating Broker-Dealer shall
    have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended
    Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) or (y) the
    Advice.

 

		
	
    6.  
	
    Registration
    Expenses

 

    (a) All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or
    compliance with this Agreement (other than the underwriting
    discounts or commissions) by the Company and the Guarantors
    shall be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, whether or not
    the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement is filed or
    becomes effective, including, without limitation, (i) all
    registration and filing fees, including, without limitation,
    (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with
    the FINRA in connection with any Underwritten Offering and
    (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities
    or Blue Sky laws as provided in Section 5(h) hereof
    (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
    disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky
    qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and
    determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or
    Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such
    jurisdictions (x) where the Holders are located, in the
    case of the Exchange Notes, or (y) as provided in
    Section 5(h), in the case of Registrable Notes or
    Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer
    during the Applicable Period), (ii) printing expenses,
    including, without limitation, expenses of printing Prospectuses
    if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by the managing
    underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a
    majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes
    included

    

    14

 

    in any Registration Statement or by any Participating
    Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be,
    (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses incurred
    in connection with the performance of their obligations
    hereunder, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the
    Company, the Guarantors and, subject to
    Section 6(b), the Holders, (v) fees and
    disbursements of all independent certified public accountants
    referred to in Section 5 (including, without
    limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold
    comfort” letters required by or incident to such
    performance), (vi) rating agency fees and the fees and
    expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the
    Securities to be registered on any securities exchange,
    (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company
    and the Guarantors desire such insurance, (viii) fees and
    expenses of all other Persons retained by the Company and the
    Guarantors, (ix) fees and expenses of any “qualified
    independent underwriter” or other independent appraiser
    participating in an offering pursuant to the bylaws of the
    FINRA, but only where the need for such a “qualified
    independent underwriter” arises due to a relationship with
    the Company and the Guarantors, (x) internal expenses of
    the Company and the Guarantors (including, without limitation,
    all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the
    Company or the Guarantors performing legal or accounting
    duties), (xi) the expense of any annual audit,
    (xii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the exchange
    agent and (xiii) the expenses relating to printing, word
    processing and distributing all Registration Statements,
    underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, indentures
    and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this
    Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the
    contrary, each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and
    commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Registrable
    Notes sold by or on behalf of it.

 

    (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the
    Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more
    than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in
    aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes to be
    included in any Registration Statement. The Company and the
    Guarantors shall pay all documentary, stamp, transfer or other
    transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of
    the Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes in exchange for the
    Notes; provided, that the Company shall not be required
    to pay taxes payable in respect of any transfer involved in the
    issuance or delivery of any Exchange Note or Private Exchange
    Note in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note in
    respect of which such Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note is
    being issued. The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the
    Holders for reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable
    fees and expenses of counsel to the Holders) relating to any
    enforcement of any rights of the Holders under this Agreement.

 

		
	
    7.  
	
    Indemnification

 

    (a) Indemnification by the Company and the
    Guarantors.  The Company and the Guarantors
    jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
    Holder of Registrable Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange
    Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange
    Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who
    controls each such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15
    of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act)
    and the officers, directors and partners of each such Holder,
    Participating Broker-Dealer and controlling person, to the
    fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses,
    claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without
    limitation, reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable
    attorneys’ fees as provided in this Section 7)
    and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation,
    reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with
    investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending against any of
    the foregoing) (collectively, “Losses”), as
    incurred, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based
    upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement
    or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
    Registration Statement, Prospectus or form of prospectus, or in
    any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any preliminary
    prospectus, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein
    a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
    make the statements therein, and with respect to the Prospectus
    only, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
    not misleading, except insofar as such Losses are based upon
    information relating to such Holder or Participating
    Broker-Dealer and furnished in writing to the Company and the
    Guarantors (or reviewed and approved in writing) by such Holder
    or Participating Broker-Dealer or their counsel expressly for
    use therein; provided, however, that the Company
    and the Guarantors will not be liable to any Indemnified Party
    under this Section 7 to the extent Losses were
    caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
    statement or omission that was contained or made in any
    preliminary prospectus and corrected in the Prospectus or any
    amendment or supplement thereto if (i) the Prospectus does
    not contain any other untrue statement or omission or alleged
    untrue statement or omission of a material fact that was the
    subject matter of the related proceedings, (ii) any

    

    15

 

    such Losses resulted from an action, claim or suit by any Person
    who purchased Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes which are the
    subject thereof from such Indemnified Party and (iii) it is
    established in the related proceeding that such Indemnified
    Party failed to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus (as
    amended or supplemented) to such Person with or prior to the
    confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Notes or Exchange
    Notes sold to such Person if required by applicable law, unless
    such failure to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus (as
    amended or supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the
    Company with Section 5 of this Agreement. The
    Company and the Guarantors also agree to indemnify underwriters,
    selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry
    professionals, in each case, that are engaged by the Company and
    participating in the distribution, their officers, directors,
    agents and employees and each Person who controls such Persons
    (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
    Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) to the same extent as
    provided above with respect to the indemnification of the
    Holders or the Participating Broker-Dealer.

 

    (b) Indemnification by Holder.  In
    connection with any Registration Statement, Prospectus or form
    of prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
    preliminary prospectus in which a Holder is participating, such
    Holder shall furnish to the Company and the Guarantors in
    writing such information as the Company and the Guarantors
    reasonably request for use in connection with any Registration
    Statement, Prospectus or form of prospectus, any amendment or
    supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, and shall
    indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, their
    respective directors and officers and each Person, if any, who
    controls the Company and the Guarantors (within the meaning of
    Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20(a) of
    the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers and partners of
    such controlling persons, to the fullest extent lawful, from and
    against all Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue
    statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
    contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or form of
    prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any
    preliminary prospectus, or any omission or alleged omission to
    state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
    necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading to the
    extent, but only to the extent, that such Losses are based upon
    an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
    fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact
    contained in or omitted from any information so furnished in
    writing (or reviewed and approved in writing) by such Holder to
    the Company and the Guarantors expressly for use therein.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the liability
    of any selling Holder be greater in amount than such
    Holder’s Maximum Contribution Amount.

 

    (c) Conduct of Indemnification
    Proceedings.  If any proceeding shall be
    brought or asserted against any Person entitled to indemnity
    hereunder (an “Indemnified Party”), such
    Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the party or parties
    from which such indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying
    Party” or “Indemnifying Parties”, as
    applicable) in writing; provided, that the failure to so notify
    the Indemnifying Parties shall not (i) relieve such
    Indemnifying Party from any obligation or liability under
    paragraph (a) or (b) above, unless and only to the
    extent it is materially prejudiced as a result thereof and
    (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the Indemnifying Party
    from any obligations to any Indemnified Party other than the
    indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and
    (b) above.

 

    The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by
    giving written notice to an Indemnified Party, within 20
    Business Days after receipt of written notice from such
    Indemnified Party of such proceeding, to assume, at its expense,
    the defense of any such proceeding, provided, that an
    Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate
    counsel in any such proceeding and to participate in the defense
    thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at
    the expense of such Indemnified Party or parties unless:
    (i) the Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay such fees and
    expenses; or (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed
    promptly to assume the defense of such proceeding or shall have
    failed to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
    Indemnified Party; or (iii) the named parties to any such
    proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both such
    Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or any of its
    affiliates or controlling persons, and such Indemnified Party
    shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more
    defenses available to such Indemnified Party that are in
    addition to, or in conflict with, those defenses available to
    the Indemnifying Party or such affiliate or controlling person
    (in which case, if such Indemnified Party notifies the
    Indemnifying Parties in writing that it elects to employ
    separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties, the
    Indemnifying Parties shall not have the right to assume the
    defense and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel
    shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party; it being
    understood, however, that, the Indemnifying Party shall not, in
    connection with any

    

    16

 

    one such proceeding or separate but substantially similar or
    related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the
    same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the
    fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys
    (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for such
    Indemnified Party).

 

    No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement of any
    such proceeding effected without its written consent, which
    shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with its
    written consent, or if there be a final judgment for the
    plaintiff in any such proceeding, each Indemnifying Party
    jointly and severally agrees, subject to the exceptions and
    limitations set forth above, to indemnify and hold harmless each
    Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses by reason
    of such settlement or judgment. The Indemnifying Party shall not
    consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any
    settlement unless such judgment or settlement (i) includes
    as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or
    plaintiff to each Indemnified Party of a release, in form and
    substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, from
    all liability in respect of such proceeding for which such
    Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder
    (whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto) and
    (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of
    fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
    Indemnified Party.

 

    (d) Contribution.  If the
    indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is
    unavailable to an Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold
    such Indemnified Party harmless for any Losses in respect of
    which this Section 7 would otherwise apply by its
    terms (other than by reason of exceptions provided in this
    Section 7), then each applicable Indemnifying Party,
    in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall have a
    joint and several obligation to contribute to the amount paid or
    payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in
    such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault
    of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified
    Party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions,
    statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as
    any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault
    of such Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and Indemnified
    Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to,
    among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue
    statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to
    state a material fact relates to information supplied by such
    Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’
    relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
    opportunity to correct or prevent any such statement or
    omission. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as
    a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or
    other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with
    any proceeding, to the extent such party would have been
    indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification
    provided for in Section 7(a) or 7(b) was
    available to such party.

 

    The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable
    if contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were
    determined by pro rata allocation or by another method of
    allocation that does not take account of the equitable
    considerations referred to in the immediately preceding
    paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
    Section 7(d), a selling Holder shall not be required
    to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of such
    Holder’s Maximum Contribution Amount. A selling
    Holder’s “Maximum Contribution Amount”
    shall equal the excess of (i) the aggregate proceeds
    received by such Holder pursuant to the sale of such Registrable
    Notes or Exchange Notes over (ii) the aggregate amount of
    damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by
    reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
    alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
    misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
    the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
    Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
    The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this
    Section 7(d) are several in proportion to the
    respective principal amount of the Registrable Notes held by
    each Holder hereunder and not joint. The Company’s and
    Guarantors’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this
    Section 7(d) are joint and several.

 

    The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this
    Section 7 are in addition to any liability that the
    Indemnifying Parties may have to the Indemnified Parties.

 

		
	
    8.  
	
    Rules 144
    and 144A

 

    The Company covenants that, for so long as the Registrable Notes
    remain outstanding, that it shall (a) file the reports
    required to be filed by it (if so required) under the Securities
    Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner in order to permit
    resales of Registrable Notes pursuant to Rule 144 under the
    Securities Act and, if at any time the

    

    17

 

    Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the
    written request of any Holder of Registrable Notes, make
    publicly available other information necessary to permit sales
    pursuant to Rule 144 and 144A and (b) take such
    further action as any Holder may reasonably request in writing,
    all to the extent required from time to time to enable such
    Holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the
    Securities Act pursuant to the exemptions provided by
    Rule 144 and Rule 144A.

 

		
	
    9.  
	
    Underwritten
    Registrations of Registrable Notes

 

    If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf
    Registration Statement are to be sold in an Underwritten
    Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and
    manager or managers that will manage the offering will be
    selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
    amount of such Registrable Notes to be included in such
    offering; provided, however, that such investment
    banker or investment bankers and manager or managers must be
    reasonably acceptable to the Company.

 

    No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any
    Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder
    (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Notes on
    the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by
    the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and
    (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
    attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other
    documents required under the terms of such underwriting
    arrangements.

 

		
	
    10.  
	
    Miscellaneous

 

    (a) Remedies.  In the event of a
    breach by either the Company or any of the Guarantors of any of
    their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder,
    in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided
    herein, in the Indenture or, in the case of the Initial
    Purchasers, in the Purchase Agreement, or granted by law,
    including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific
    performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and
    the Guarantors agree that monetary damages would not be adequate
    compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by
    either the Company or any of the Guarantors of any of the
    provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree that, in
    the event of any action for specific performance in respect of
    such breach, the Company shall (and shall cause each Guarantor
    to) waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

    (b) No Inconsistent
    Agreements.  The Company and each of the
    Guarantors have not entered, as of the date hereof, and the
    Company and each of the Guarantors shall not enter, after the
    date of this Agreement, into any agreement with respect to any
    of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted
    to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the
    provisions hereof. The Company and each of the Guarantors have
    not entered and will not enter into any agreement with respect
    to any of its securities that will grant to any Person
    piggy-back rights with respect to a Registration Statement.

 

    (c) Adjustments Affecting Registrable
    Notes.  The Company shall not, directly or
    indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable
    Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the
    Holders to include such Registrable Notes in a registration
    undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

    (d) Amendments and Waivers.  The
    provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or
    supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the
    provisions hereof may not be given, other than with the prior
    written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
    aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable
    Notes in circumstances that would adversely affect any Holders
    of Registrable Notes; provided, however, that any
    amendment or supplement to or modification of
    Section 7 or this Section 10(d) may not
    be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written
    consent of each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver
    or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to
    a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of
    Registrable Notes whose securities are being tendered pursuant
    to the Exchange Offer or sold pursuant to a Registration
    Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect,
    impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of
    Registrable Notes may be given by Holders of at least a majority
    in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being
    tendered or being sold by such Holders pursuant to such
    Registration Statement.

    

    18

 

    (e) Notices.  All notices and other
    communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made
    in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail,
    next-day air
    courier or telecopier:

 

    (i) if to a Holder of Securities or to any Participating
    Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or
    Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on
    the records of the registrar of the Notes, with a copy in like
    manner to the Initial Purchasers as follows:

 

    Jefferies & Company, Inc.

    as representative of the

    Initial Purchasers

    520 Madison Avenue

    New York, New York 10022

    Facsimile No.:
    (212) 284-2280

    Attention: General Counsel

 

    with a copy to:

 

    Proskauer Rose LLP

    1585 Broadway

    New York, New York 10036

    Facsimile No.:
    (212) 969-2900

    Attention: Frank J. Lopez, Esq.

 

    (ii) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address specified
    in Section 10(e)(i);

 

    (iii) if to the Company or any Guarantor, as follows:

 

    Altra Holdings, Inc.

    300 Granite Street, Suite 201

    Braintree, Massachusetts 02184

    Attention: Glenn E. Deegan, Esq.

 

    with a copy to:

 

    Holland & Knight LLP

    701 Brickell Avenue, Suite 3000

    Miami, FL 33131

    Attention: Rodney H. Bell, Esq.

 

    All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been
    duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered;
    five Business Days after being deposited in the United States
    mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being
    timely delivered to a
    next-day air
    courier guaranteeing overnight delivery; and when receipt is
    acknowledged by the addressee, if telecopied.

 

    Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications
    shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to
    the Trustee under the Indenture at the address specified in such
    Indenture.

 

    (f) Successors and Assigns.  This
    Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
    successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including,
    without limitation and without the need for an express
    assignment, subsequent Holders of Securities; provided,
    however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the
    benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder
    unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired
    Registrable Notes from such Holder.

 

    (g) Counterparts.  This Agreement
    may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties
    hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
    shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
    together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

    (h) Headings; Interpretation.  The
    headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only
    and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. When
    reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or clause, such
    reference shall mean a Section or clause of this Agreement
    unless otherwise indicated. The words

    

    19

 

    “include,” “includes,” and
    “including” when used in this Agreement shall be
    deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without
    limitation.” The words “hereof,”
    “herein,” “herewith,” “hereby” and
    “hereunder” and words of similar import shall, unless
    otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a
    whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The
    definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
    singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the
    masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such
    term. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be
    the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual
    intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied
    against any party. Any contract, statute or rule defined or
    referred to herein means such contract, statute or rule as from
    time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in
    the case of contracts) by waiver or consent and (in the case of
    statutes or rules) by succession of comparable successor
    statutes or rules and references to all attachments thereto and
    instruments incorporated therein.

 

    (i) Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver
    of Jury Trial.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
    GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
    STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF
    LAW. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
    SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING
    IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY
    FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF
    NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
    OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS
    FOR ITS AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND
    UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF
    THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
    FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW,
    TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
    HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR
    PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH
    SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN
    BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE
    GUARANTORS IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY
    EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO THE SERVICE OF
    PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION
    OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR
    CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE COMPANY AND THE
    GUARANTORS AT THEIR SAID ADDRESS, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME
    EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL
    AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY HOLDER TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER
    MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR
    OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS IN ANY
    OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

    (j) Severability.  If any term,
    provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by
    a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void
    or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
    covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full
    force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or
    invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts
    to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or
    substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term,
    provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and
    declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have
    executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and
    restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter
    declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

    (k) Securities Held by the Company or Its
    Affiliates.  Whenever the consent or approval
    of Holders of a specified percentage of Securities is required
    hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (as
    such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)
    shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or
    approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

    (l) Third Party
    Beneficiaries.  Holders and Participating
    Broker-Dealers are intended third party beneficiaries of this
    Agreement and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No
    other Person is intended to be, or shall be construed as, a
    third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

    

    20

 

    (m) Entire Agreement.  This
    Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture
    and any Collateral Documents, is intended by the parties as a
    final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding
    of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained
    herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written
    agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts,
    understanding, correspondence, conversations and memoranda
    between the Initial Purchasers on the one hand and the Company
    and the Guarantors on the other, or between or among any agents,
    representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors
    in interest or successors in interest with respect to the
    subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced
    hereby.

    [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

    

    21

 

    If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
    agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart
    hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
    will become a binding agreement among the Initial Purchasers,
    the Guarantors and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

    THE COMPANY

 

    ALTRA HOLDINGS, INC.

    ALTRA INDUSTRIAL MOTION, INC.

 

			
	 	    By: 
	
    /s/  Glenn
    E. Deegan

    Name:     Glenn E. Deegan

			
	 	    Title: 
	
    Vice President, Legal and Human

    Resources, General Counsel and Secretary

 

    GUARANTORS

 

    AMERICAN ENTERPRISES MPT CORP.

    AMERICAN ENTERPRISES MPT HOLDINGS, LLC

    AMERIDRIVES INTERNATIONAL, LLC

    BOSTON GEAR LLC

    FORMSPRAG LLC

    INERTIA DYNAMICS LLC

    KILIAN MANUFACTURING CORPORATION

    NUTTALL GEAR LLC

    WARNER ELECTRIC INTERNATIONAL HOLDING, INC.

    WARNER ELECTRIC LLC

    WARNER ELECTRIC TECHNOLOGY LLC

    TB WOOD’S CORPORATION

    TB WOOD’S INCORPORATED

    TB WOOD’S ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

			
	 	    By 
	
    /s/  Glenn
    E. Deegan

    Name:     Glenn E. Deegan

			
	 	    Title: 
	
    Secretary

 

    Registration Rights Agreement

    

    22

 

    Accepted and Agreed to:

    JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

    For itself and on behalf of the several

    Initial Purchasers listed on Schedule I to the Purchase
    Agreement

 

			
	 	    By: 
	
    /s/  Craig
    Zaph

    Name:     Craig Zaph

			
	 	    Title: 
	
    Managing Director

 

    Registration Rights Agreement

    

    23

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00167-of-00352.parquet"}]]